{"title":"All Products","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAll products\u003c\/strong\u003e at Buybox Tools are listed in one place to help customers explore power tools, cordless tools, machinery, hardware and workshop equipment for home, professional and business use. This collection includes tools for drilling, cutting, grinding, welding, cleaning, construction, agriculture and regular workshop applications across India.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAll Products Available at Buybox Tools\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustomers can browse cordless drills, impact wrenches, angle grinders, rotary hammer drills, welding machines, pressure washers, vacuum cleaners, air compressors, chainsaws, brush cutters, batteries, accessories and power tool combo kits. The \u003cstrong\u003eall products\u003c\/strong\u003e collection is useful for comparing different tool categories, checking available models and finding suitable equipment for real work needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAll Products for Power Tools, Machinery and Equipment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuybox Tools focuses on genuine products, practical specifications, competitive pricing, GST invoice availability, secure payments, warranty-backed support and pan-India delivery. Whether you are a home user, technician, contractor, workshop owner, reseller or B2B buyer, the \u003cstrong\u003eall products\u003c\/strong\u003e page helps you view the complete range of tools and equipment available from Buybox Tools.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"thor-12v-cordless-drill-kit-thcdk-13","title":"THOR 12V Cordless Drill Kit 350-1350 RPM THCDK 13","description":"\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTHOR 12V Cordless Drill Kit for Home Repair and DIY Work\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eTHOR THCDK 13 12V Cordless Drill Driver Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact battery-powered tool set designed for drilling, screwdriving, furniture assembly, installation and everyday household maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts cordless construction allows users to work in different locations without depending on a nearby electrical socket or managing a trailing power cable. This makes the drill practical for furniture work, cabinet installation, shelving, home repairs and portable maintenance tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine operates on a \u003cstrong\u003e12V rechargeable battery platform\u003c\/strong\u003e and has a listed no-load speed range of \u003cstrong\u003e350-1350 RPM\u003c\/strong\u003e. It also has a listed drilling diameter of \u003cstrong\u003e10mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes multiple drill bits, driver bits, sockets, holders, a flexible extension shaft, batteries, a compatible charger and a hard carrying case, providing a useful starter setup for common drilling and fastening jobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e350-1350 RPM No-Load Speed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe THOR THCDK 13 has a listed no-load speed range of \u003cstrong\u003e350-1350 RPM\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA controlled starting speed helps the user position a drill bit or driver bit before increasing rotation. This can reduce slipping when beginning a hole or driving a screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual drilling and fastening performance will depend on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBattery charge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial hardness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrill-bit condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriver-bit profile\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFastener size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccessory compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplied pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperating technique\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe available specifications do not confirm separate mechanical gearbox ranges. The product should therefore be described using the verified 350-1350 RPM range rather than claiming a two-speed gearbox.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10mm Listed Drilling Diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe drill has a listed drilling diameter of \u003cstrong\u003e10mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe correct bit should be selected according to the material and required hole size. The bit must be centred properly and tightened securely before operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe available information does not clarify whether 10mm refers to the chuck capacity or maximum drilling diameter. The safest website wording is:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eListed Drilling Diameter: 10mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeparate drilling capacities for wood, metal, plastic and masonry should not be added without further verification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e12V Cordless Battery Operation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rechargeable 12V battery platform gives the user greater mobility during drilling and fastening work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCordless operation is useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFurniture assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCabinet and cupboard installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstalling shelves and brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorking inside confined spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHousehold maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor and window fitting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePortable repair work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight workshop jobs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral installation tasks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBattery runtime will vary depending on the accessory, material resistance, operating speed, battery condition and frequency of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e12V 1.5Ah Rechargeable Batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit uses \u003cstrong\u003e12V 1.5Ah rechargeable batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo battery units are displayed with the product configuration: one fitted to the drill and one additional battery. This setup helps reduce interruptions because one battery can remain ready while the other is being used or charged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBattery performance will depend on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharge level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBattery age\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrilling load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScrew size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperating temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrequency of trigger use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not use a battery that is cracked, swollen, overheated or visibly damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible Battery Charger\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA compatible charger is supplied for the 12V battery system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCharge batteries in a dry and ventilated location away from water, direct sunlight, excessive heat and flammable materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly use a charger approved for the THCDK 13 battery system. Allow a warm battery to cool before charging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe charging duration and fast-charging capability are not specified and should only be added after checking the charger label or operating instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompact Cordless Drill-Driver Design\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe THOR THCDK 13 has a compact pistol-grip body suitable for handheld drilling and screwdriving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts smaller cordless construction makes it convenient for working:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInside cupboards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAround furniture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBetween shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNear wall fittings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn narrow work areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAway from electrical plug points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe textured grip helps the user maintain control while operating the drill. The machine should remain aligned with the screw, fastener or drilling point throughout the job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeyless-Style Chuck\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe drill is fitted with a keyless-style chuck that allows compatible drill and driver bits to be installed without a separate chuck key.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore changing an accessory:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwitch off the drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the battery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen the chuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsert the bit centrally\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTighten the chuck securely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the bit does not wobble\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBent, cracked or excessively worn bits should not be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Extension Shaft\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA flexible extension shaft is included with the drill kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis accessory helps the user reach screws and fasteners in recessed, narrow or awkward locations where the complete drill body may not fit easily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can be useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCabinet fittings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFurniture corners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTight spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecessed screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppliance panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterior installation work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe extension should be connected securely and operated at a controlled speed. Avoid excessive bending, side pressure or heavy drilling loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDrill Bits for Compatible Drilling Work\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple drill bits are included with the THOR THCDK 13.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese provide a practical starter selection for compatible light drilling tasks. The correct bit must be selected according to the material and required hole size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore drilling:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the bit for bending or wear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit it securely in the chuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the drill aligned\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBegin at a controlled speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure loose workpieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid excessive pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exact sizes and intended materials of the supplied bits should be checked from the physical accessory set before publishing an individual bit list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDriver Bits for Screw Fastening\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeveral screwdriver and driver bits are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese accessories can be used for compatible screwdriving and screw-removal jobs when the correct profile and size are selected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn incorrectly sized bit may slip, damage the screw head and reduce control. Start at a lower speed and increase trigger pressure only when required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSocket Accessories\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple socket-style accessories are supplied with the kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese can support suitable nut, bolt and hex-head fastening when connected through the appropriate adapter or holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe socket should match the fastener closely and remain fully seated during operation. Exact socket sizes should be confirmed from the final supplied package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBit Holders and Adapters\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit contains holders and adapters for connecting compatible driver bits, sockets and extension accessories to the drill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore use, confirm that every adapter is:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with the drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully inserted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUndamaged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProperly locked\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAligned with the fastener\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not operate with loose, bent or excessively worn adapters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCarrying Case for Storage and Transport\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA hard carrying case is included for organising the drill, batteries, charger and accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe case makes it easier to keep the complete tool set together during storage and transportation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore storing the kit:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwitch off the drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove loose dust\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow warm batteries to cool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrganise sharp accessories safely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep metal parts away from battery terminals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore the case in a dry location\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe THOR THCDK 13 can be considered for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriving and removing screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFurniture assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCabinet installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstalling shelves and brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHousehold maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor and window fitting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight drilling work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY and hobby projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral repair work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight workshop applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSocket-driving tasks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorking in narrow areas with the flexible shaft\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual suitability depends on the material, selected accessory, battery charge and workload.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSafe Operating Guidance\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWear eye protection while drilling or working around loose particles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the drill, battery, chuck and selected accessory before every use. Do not use damaged batteries, bent drill bits or worn driver bits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the battery before changing drill bits, driver bits, sockets or adapters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSecure loose workpieces where necessary. Keep fingers, clothing and loose objects away from the rotating chuck and accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e12V cordless operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e12V 1.5Ah rechargeable battery system\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo battery units included\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e350‚Äì1350 RPM no-load speed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e10mm listed drilling diameter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCordless drill-driver design\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompact pistol-grip body\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeyless-style chuck\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompatible battery charger\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFlexible extension shaft\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple drill bits\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple driver bits\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSocket accessories\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBit holders and adapters\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHard carrying case\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for drilling and screwdriving\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for furniture assembly\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUseful for household maintenance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for installation and DIY work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"THOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42029705887799,"sku":"THCDK13","price":1399.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/1_fc3e5d7f-4a3f-4c2a-bd3c-df543667bab2.jpg?v=1780030137"},{"product_id":"xlnt-cordless-drill-16v-xtmcd161","title":"XMAID 16V Cordless Drill 6502000 RPM XTMCD-16-1","description":"\u003ch2\u003eXMAID 16V Cordless Drill Driver for Home and Workshop Tasks\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eXMAID XTMCD-16-1 16V Cordless Drill Driver\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact battery-powered tool designed for drilling, screwdriving, furniture assembly, installation and everyday maintenance work. Its cordless operation allows users to work conveniently in areas where a direct electrical connection may not be available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe drill operates on a \u003cstrong\u003e16V rechargeable battery platform\u003c\/strong\u003e and has a listed no-load speed range of \u003cstrong\u003e650‚Äì2000 RPM\u003c\/strong\u003e. This speed range supports controlled drilling and fastening when the correct drill bit or driver bit is fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA listed drilling diameter of \u003cstrong\u003e10mm\u003c\/strong\u003e makes the machine suitable for compatible light drilling applications. The exact capacity can vary according to the material, drill-bit type, battery charge and working conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e650‚Äì2000 RPM Operating Speed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XMAID XTMCD-16-1 has a listed no-load speed range of \u003cstrong\u003e650‚Äì2000 RPM\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe operating speed allows the user to perform suitable drilling and screwdriving work according to the accessory and material being used. A controlled trigger operation can help position the bit correctly before increasing speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual drilling and fastening performance will depend on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBattery charge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrill-bit or driver-bit type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial hardness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFastener size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccessory condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplied pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperator technique\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe verified information does not separately state low- and high-speed gearbox ranges. Avoid advertising it as a dual-speed drill unless the machine or manual confirms a gearbox selector.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e10mm Listed Drilling Diameter\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe drill has a listed drilling diameter of \u003cstrong\u003e10mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the correct compatible drill bit according to the material and required hole size. The bit should be fitted securely and checked for damage before starting work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe available specifications do not confirm separate drilling capacities for wood, metal, masonry or plastic. These material-specific capacities should not be added without further verification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e16V 2Ah Rechargeable Battery System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XMAID cordless drill uses \u003cstrong\u003e16V 2Ah rechargeable batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 2Ah battery provides portable operation without requiring the drill to remain connected to an electrical socket. Runtime will vary depending on the drilling load, screw size, battery condition and frequency of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo batteries are included, allowing one battery to remain available while the other is being charged or used. This setup can help reduce interruption during home, installation and workshop tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTwo Batteries for Extended Convenience\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes two 16V 2Ah batteries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHaving two removable batteries is useful for users completing multiple drilling and fastening jobs. One battery can be charged while the second battery powers the tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBatteries should be stored in a dry location away from direct sunlight, excessive heat, water and loose metal objects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not use a battery that is cracked, swollen, overheated or visibly damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatible Battery Charger\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA compatible battery charger is included with the drill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse only the charger intended for the XTMCD-16-1 battery platform. Charge the batteries in a dry, well-ventilated area away from flammable materials and direct sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow a warm battery to cool before connecting it to the charger. Charging time and fast-charging capability are not confirmed and should not be advertised without checking the charger label.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompact Cordless Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XMAID XTMCD-16-1 has a compact pistol-grip body designed for handheld drilling and fastening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts cordless construction makes it useful for working:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInside cupboards and cabinets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAround furniture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn shelves and brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAway from wall sockets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn confined work areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDuring portable repair tasks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe textured grip helps the user maintain control during operation. The machine should always be held firmly and kept aligned with the screw, fastener or drilling point.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKeyless-Style Chuck\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe drill is fitted with a keyless-style chuck that allows compatible bits to be installed without a separate chuck key.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore operation:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the battery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen the chuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsert the correct bit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCentre the bit properly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTighten the chuck firmly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the bit is secure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not use bent, damaged or incorrectly sized drill bits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCarrying Case for Storage and Transport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA hard carrying case is included for storing the drill, batteries and charger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe carrying case helps keep the main components organised and protected during transportation. Before placing the drill inside the case, switch it off, remove loose dust and allow warm batteries to cool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the complete kit in a dry area away from water, excessive heat and direct sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XMAID XTMCD-16-1 can be used for compatible applications such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriving and removing screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFurniture assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCabinet installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstalling shelves and brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor and window fitting work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight drilling applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY and hobby projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral repair work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight workshop jobs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation and fastening tasks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual suitability depends on the material, accessory, battery condition and workload.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSafe Operating Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWear eye protection when drilling or working around loose particles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the drill, battery, charger, chuck and selected accessory before every use. Remove the battery before changing drill bits or driver bits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSecure loose workpieces where necessary. Keep hands, clothing and loose objects away from the rotating chuck.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBegin drilling or screwdriving with controlled trigger pressure to reduce slipping and maintain better alignment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e16V cordless operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo 16V 2Ah rechargeable batteries\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e650‚Äì2000 RPM listed no-load speed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e10mm listed drilling diameter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCordless drill-driver design\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemovable battery system\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompatible battery charger\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompact pistol-grip construction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeyless-style chuck\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHard carrying case\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for drilling and screwdriving\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for furniture assembly\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUseful for household repairs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for installation and DIY work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePortable operation without a power cable\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"XLNT","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42033147772983,"sku":"XTMCD-16-1","price":3099.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/1_0d17c8c1-4bc4-4397-bb89-edee46677973.jpg?v=1780030145"},{"product_id":"thor-12v-cordless-drill-machine-thcd-12","title":"THOR 12V Cordless Drill Driver, 3501350 RPM THCD 12","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eTHOR 12V Cordless Drill Driver for Home Repair and DIY Work\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eTHOR THCD 12 12V Cordless Drill Driver\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact battery-powered tool designed for drilling, screwdriving, furniture assembly, installation and routine household maintenance. Its cordless design allows users to work in different locations without depending on a nearby electrical socket or managing a trailing power cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe drill operates on a \u003cstrong\u003e12V rechargeable battery platform\u003c\/strong\u003e and delivers a listed no-load speed range of \u003cstrong\u003e350‚Äì1350 RPM\u003c\/strong\u003e. This speed range provides better control when starting holes, driving screws and working on applications that require careful positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine also has a listed drilling diameter of \u003cstrong\u003e10mm\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it suitable for compatible light drilling and fastening tasks when the correct drill bit or driver bit is used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e350‚Äì1350 RPM Operating Speed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe THOR THCD 12 has a no-load speed range of \u003cstrong\u003e350‚Äì1350 RPM\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA controlled starting speed can help prevent the drill bit or driver bit from slipping when beginning work. The user can gradually increase the speed according to the material, fastener and task.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual drilling and fastening performance will depend on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBattery charge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrill-bit or driver-bit condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFastener size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplied pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccessory compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperating technique\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe available information does not confirm a separate two-speed gearbox. The machine should therefore be described using its verified 350‚Äì1350 RPM speed range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e10mm Listed Drilling Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe THOR THCD 12 has a listed drilling capacity of \u003cstrong\u003e10mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe correct bit should always be selected according to the material and required hole size. The drill bit must be fitted securely before operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe available specifications do not provide separate maximum capacities for wood, metal, plastic or masonry. Material-specific drilling claims should not be added without further verification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCordless 12V Battery Operation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rechargeable 12V battery system allows the drill to be used without a direct electrical connection during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCordless mobility is useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFurniture assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCabinet installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorking inside cupboards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstalling shelves and brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepair jobs away from plug points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight workshop applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBattery runtime will vary according to the battery capacity, condition, drilling load, frequency of use and operating technique.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompact Design for Better Handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe THOR THCD 12 features a compact pistol-grip body that is suitable for working in smaller spaces and around furniture, cabinets and fittings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts ergonomic grip helps the operator maintain better control during drilling and screwdriving. The lightweight cordless format also makes the tool practical for short household and maintenance tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe drill should always be held firmly and kept aligned with the drill bit, screw or fastener.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRechargeable Battery and Charger\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product configuration includes a rechargeable battery setup and compatible charger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly the charger approved for the THCD 12 battery system should be used. Charge the battery in a dry, ventilated location away from direct sunlight, moisture and flammable materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow a warm battery to cool before charging. Do not use a damaged battery, charger, cable or plug.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe battery capacity and charging time should be added only after checking the information printed on the actual battery and charger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCarrying Case for Storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA hard carrying case is included for storing and transporting the cordless drill and its charging accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore placing the tool inside the case:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwitch off the drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove loose dust and debris\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow the battery to cool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the charger cable organised\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore the case in a dry location\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe case helps protect the tool and keeps the drill accessories together when travelling or storing the product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe THOR THCD 12 can be used for compatible tasks such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriving and removing screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFurniture assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstalling shelves and brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCabinet and cupboard work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHousehold repair jobs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight drilling applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor and window fitting work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY and hobby projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight workshop jobs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual suitability depends on the material, accessory and battery condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSafe Operating Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWear eye protection while drilling or working around loose particles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the drill, battery, chuck and selected accessory before every use. Do not operate the machine with damaged batteries, bent drill bits or heavily worn driver bits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the battery before changing drill bits or accessories. Secure loose workpieces and begin drilling at a controlled speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep fingers, clothing and loose objects away from the rotating chuck and accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e12V cordless battery operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e350‚Äì1350 RPM no-load speed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e10mm listed drilling capacity\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCordless drill-driver design\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRechargeable removable battery system\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompatible battery charger\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompact pistol-grip body\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeyless-style chuck visible\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for drilling and screwdriving\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for furniture assembly\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUseful for household maintenance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for DIY and hobby work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePortable design\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHard carrying case\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo trailing power cable during operation\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"THOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42033158979639,"sku":"THCD 12","price":1399.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/1_387005f9-86f8-4fc4-af60-c0af5bdc6491.jpg?v=1780030157"},{"product_id":"xlnt-12v-cordless-drill-kit-xtcds126","title":"XLNT 12V Cordless Drill Kit 350-1350 RPM XTCDS126","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eXLNT 12V Cordless Drill Kit for Home Repair and DIY Work\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eXLNT XTCDS126 12V Cordless Drill Driver Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact battery-powered tool set designed for drilling, screw driving, furniture assembly, household repairs and everyday DIY work. Its cordless construction makes it practical for working inside cupboards, around furniture, in rooms without convenient plug points and in locations where a trailing power cable may restrict movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image lists a \u003cstrong\u003e12V operating voltage\u003c\/strong\u003e, a no-load speed range of \u003cstrong\u003e350-1350 RPM\u003c\/strong\u003e and a \u003cstrong\u003e10mm listed drilling diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e. It also confirms a \u003cstrong\u003e12V 1.5Ah battery specification\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes visible drilling, driving and socket accessories, along with a flexible extension shaft, charger and carrying case. This gives users a convenient starter set for common installation and maintenance tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e350-1350 RPM Operating Speed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT XTCDS126 has a supplier-listed no-load speed range of \u003cstrong\u003e350-1350 RPM\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis range helps the user maintain better control when starting a hole or positioning a driver bit. A controlled starting speed can reduce slipping while driving screws or beginning work on smoother materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual drilling and fastening performance will depend on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrill-bit or driver-bit condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBattery charge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFastener size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorking pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccessory compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperator technique\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image does not confirm separate low- and high-speed gearbox ranges. Avoid describing it as a two-speed drill unless a gearbox selector or official specification confirms this feature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e10mm Listed Drilling Diameter\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image states:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDrill Diameter: 10mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis should be presented on the website as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eListed Drilling Diameter: 10mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image does not clarify whether this refers to the maximum drilling capacity or the chuck capacity. Avoid calling it a 10mm chuck until the machine label or manual confirms the exact meaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeparate drilling capacities for wood, metal, plastic or masonry are not provided.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e12V 1.5Ah Battery System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image lists the battery specification as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e12V, 1.5Ah\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe removable battery design allows the drill to be used without a direct power connection. Battery runtime will depend on the drilling load, accessory, material, frequency of use and battery condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image appears to show a battery fitted to the drill and another battery unit beside the accessories. Confirm that both batteries are included in every package before advertising a fixed quantity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not add an alternative capacity such as 2Ah, 4Ah or another figure unless it is printed on the supplied battery label.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCharger Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA compatible charger or power adapter is visible in the supplier image.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCharge the battery in a dry, well-ventilated location away from water, direct sunlight and flammable materials. Only use the charger supplied or approved for the battery system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCharging time and fast-charging capability are not stated in the supplier information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFlexible Extension Shaft\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA flexible extension shaft is shown with the kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis accessory can help the user reach screws and fasteners in narrow, recessed or awkward locations where the complete drill body may not fit comfortably.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe extension shaft should be connected securely and used at a controlled speed. It is intended for suitable driving tasks and should not be placed under excessive bending force or heavy drilling load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDrill Bits Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple drill bits are visible in the supplier image.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese bits provide a useful starting selection for suitable drilling applications. However, the exact bit sizes, construction materials and intended surfaces are not listed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore drilling:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelect the correct bit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect it for bending or damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit it securely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the drill aligned\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBegin at a controlled speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the workpiece where required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not advertise confirmed masonry, wood or metal bit sets unless their individual types are verified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDriver Bits Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeveral screwdriver and driver bits are shown with the XLNT XTCDS126.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese accessories can be used for compatible screw-driving and removal work when the correct profile and size are selected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image does not clearly identify individual Phillips, slotted, Torx or hex sizes. Avoid publishing an exact bit-size list without checking the supplied accessory set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSocket Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple socket-style accessories are visible in the supplier image.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese may support suitable nut- and bolt-driving work when connected through the correct holder or adapter. The individual socket measurements are not clearly shown.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure that the socket is fully seated and matches the fastener before operating the drill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCarrying Case for Storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA hard carrying case is shown with the product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe case helps organise the cordless drill, batteries, charger, bits, sockets and flexible shaft during storage and transportation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore storing the kit:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwitch off the drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the battery where appropriate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean loose dust from the tool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow warm batteries to cool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep metal accessories away from battery terminals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore the case in a dry location\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT XTCDS126 can be considered for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFurniture assembly\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDriving and removing screws\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCabinet and cupboard installation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstalling shelves and brackets\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGeneral household repairs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLight drilling work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmall workshop tasks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDIY and hobby projects\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaintenance applications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorking in narrow areas with the flexible shaft\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable socket-driving jobs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual suitability depends on the accessory, material and battery condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSafe Operating Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWear eye protection while drilling or working around loose particles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the drill, battery, chuck, bits and accessories before each use. Do not use damaged batteries, bent drill bits or worn driver bits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the battery before changing accessories. Keep hands and loose clothing away from the rotating chuck and bit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSecure loose workpieces before drilling, and begin at a controlled speed to reduce bit movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e12V cordless operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e12V 1.5Ah battery specification\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e350-1350 RPM no-load speed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e10mm listed drilling diameter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCordless drill-driver design\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemovable battery system\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBattery units shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompatible charger shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFlexible extension shaft\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple drill bits\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple driver bits\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSocket accessories\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdditional holders and adapters shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHard carrying case\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for drilling and screw driving\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for furniture assembly\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for home repair and DIY tasks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"XLNT","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42033159045175,"sku":"XTCDS 126","price":1499.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/1_34419311-ec01-41f4-8b9f-3d32a429fe32.jpg?v=1780030161"},{"product_id":"xlnt-21v-cordless-drill-kit-xtcdk127a","title":"XLNT 21V Cordless Power Drill Machine Kit XTCDK127A","description":"\u003ch2\u003eXLNT 21V Cordless Drill Kit  XTCDK127A\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXLNT 21V cordless drill XTCDK127A\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eis a versatile brushed-motor drill and screwdriver kit designed for home improvement, furniture assembly, DIY projects and light professional maintenance. The machine features a 10mm chuck, variable-speed trigger, two-speed operation and a listed no-load speed range of 350-1350 RPM.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit includes two 21V lithium-ion batteries, a charger, drill accessories and a user manual. The product description also states that the batteries have a 2.0Ah capacity and approximately 30-45 MIn charging time, while the broader accessory kit includes a flexible shaft, drill bits and a carrying case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e21V Cordless Drill for Home and DIY Work\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 21V battery system allows drilling and screw-driving without depending on a nearby electrical socket. Two batteries help reduce downtime because one battery can remain available while the other is charging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBrushed Motor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT XTCDK127A uses a brushed motor. Brushed motors offer straightforward operation and dependable performance for routine household, furniture and maintenance tasks. Carbon-brush availability and replacement instructions should be confirmed for long-term servicing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTwo-Speed Gearbox and Variable Trigger\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe drill combines a two-speed gearbox with a variable-speed trigger. Lower-speed operation can provide greater control for screw driving, while higher speed can be used for suitable drilling applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe live page lists an overall no-load speed range of 350-1350 RPM. Publish the individual first-gear and second-gear speed ranges when manufacturer data becomes available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e10mm Chuck Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 10mm chuck supports compatible drill bits and driver accessories with shanks within the chuck's capacity. Confirm whether the chuck is keyless and whether it is manufactured from metal, composite material or a combination of both.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDrilling Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWood drilling up to the listed 10mm capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetal drilling up to the listed 10mm capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlastic drilling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScrew driving and removal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFurniture assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCabinet installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome repairs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral maintenance work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTwo 2.0Ah Lithium-Ion Batteries\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product description states that the kit uses a 2.0Ah lithium-ion battery system and includes two 21V batteries. It also mentions temperature, pressure and overcharge protection for improved battery reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirm the battery‚Äôs rated voltage, cell configuration and replacement-platform compatibility from the physical battery label before publishing technical compatibility claims.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eApproximately 30-45 Min Charging\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current description states an approximate charging time of 30- 45 min. Actual charging duration may vary according to battery condition, charger output, ambient temperature and electrical supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTorque Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe drill includes adjustable torque control for different screw-driving and drilling jobs. The exact maximum torque and number of clutch positions are not currently published and should be added after verification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eForward and Reverse Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA forward-and-reverse selector allows users to drive screws, remove fasteners and release drill bits where necessary. Check the selector position before starting the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eErgonomic and Lightweight Handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe page describes the drill as compact, ergonomic and lightweight. This supports easier handling during furniture installation, home repairs and longer maintenance sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use the XLNT Cordless Drill\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharge the battery using the supplied charger.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsert the battery securely into the drill.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelect a drill bit or driver bit suitable for the material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTighten the accessory securely in the 10mm chuck.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelect the required gearbox speed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjust the torque clutch for screw-driving work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelect forward or reverse rotation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBegin slowly using the variable-speed trigger.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintain straight alignment with the screw or hole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the battery before changing accessories or cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSafety Instructions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear eye protection during drilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure loose workpieces before operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the correct drill bit for wood, metal or plastic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck walls for concealed cables and pipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not force the drill if the bit becomes stuck.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep hands away from the rotating chuck and bit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the battery before accessory replacement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not expose the battery or charger to water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse only a compatible XLNT charger.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore the batteries in a cool and dry location.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1  XLNT XTCDK127A Cordless Drill Machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 21V 2.0Ah Lithium-Ion Batteries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 Battery Charger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1  Flexible Shaft\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrill Bits and Driver Accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1  Carrying Case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1  User Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"XLNT","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42033159077943,"sku":"XTCDK127A","price":1899.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/1_757aa7d3-1996-4802-87b0-919c05a70af2.jpg?v=1780030163"},{"product_id":"deli-cordless-screwdriver-set-edl-dp04-e2b1","title":"DELI 3.6V Cordless Screwdriver 3Nm EDL-DP04-E2B1","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDELI 3.6V Cordless Screwdriver for Everyday Fastening\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eDELI EDL-DP04-E2B1 3.6V Lithium-Ion Cordless Screwdriver\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact electric fastening tool designed for furniture assembly, household maintenance, appliance-panel work, cabinet fitting and everyday screwdriving tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt combines a \u003cstrong\u003e3.6V 1.5Ah lithium-ion battery\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e3Nm maximum torque\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e200 RPM no-load speed\u003c\/strong\u003e in a small cordless body that is easy to handle and store. Its simple forward-and-reverse operation helps users drive and remove compatible screws without repeatedly turning a manual screwdriver. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e3Nm Torque for Light Fastening Work\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DELI cordless screwdriver delivers a maximum listed torque of \u003cstrong\u003e3Nm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis torque level is suitable for compatible light fastening applications such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFurniture assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCabinet hinges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrawer fittings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectrical switch plates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppliance covers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eToys and household products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor handles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecorative fixtures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY repairs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral screw removal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual fastening performance will depend on the screw size, material, bit condition, battery charge and how tightly the screw was previously installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis machine is not intended to replace a high-torque cordless drill or impact driver for large construction screws, rusted bolts or automotive wheel fasteners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e200 RPM No-Load Speed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screwdriver operates at a listed no-load speed of \u003cstrong\u003e200 RPM\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis moderate speed supports controlled screwdriving and helps reduce the risk of overtightening compared with faster drilling machines. Users should release the trigger once the screw reaches the required depth rather than continuing to apply power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor delicate plastics, electronics housings and small screws, begin carefully and complete the final tightening manually where necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e3.6V 1.5Ah Lithium-Ion Battery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DELI EDL-DP04-E2B1 uses a \u003cstrong\u003e3.6V 1.5Ah lithium-ion battery\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLithium-ion battery operation allows the screwdriver to be used without a direct electrical cable. It is convenient for moving between furniture, cupboards, appliances and different work areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBattery runtime will depend on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScrew size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBattery condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrequency of use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTightening load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperating temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCharge the screwdriver before extended use and store it in a dry location away from excessive heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eType-C USB Charging\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screwdriver supports \u003cstrong\u003eUSB Type-C charging\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it convenient to recharge with a compatible USB power source and cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA Type-C connection reduces the need for a specialised charger and makes the product easier to use at home, in an office or while travelling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse a suitable USB power adapter and avoid charging the machine with damaged cables, wet connectors or unsuitable high-power charging equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe charging cable should be disconnected once charging is complete.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt-In LED Work Light\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA built-in LED light illuminates the screw and surrounding work area when operating in darker locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LED is helpful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorking inside cabinets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepairing appliances\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstalling fittings under furniture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReaching behind equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorking in dim storage areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTightening screws in corners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe light is intended to support visibility but does not replace adequate room or task lighting. DELI‚Äôs product information and instruction manual both confirm an integrated work light. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eForward and Reverse Rotation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe forward-and-reverse control allows the same machine to drive screws in and remove them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse forward rotation for tightening and reverse rotation for loosening. The direction should be selected before applying pressure to the screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the bit properly aligned with the screw head to prevent slipping, bit wear and damage to the fastener.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e1\/4-Inch Hex Bit Holder\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screwdriver uses a \u003cstrong\u003e1\/4-inch or 6.4mm hex bit interface\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it compatible with many commonly available screwdriver bits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bit should be inserted fully before operation. Confirm that it is seated securely and does not wobble excessively.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly use bits that match the screw-head profile and size. An incorrect bit may slip and damage both the screw and the accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMagnetic Extension for Better Reach\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003e50mm magnetic extension\u003c\/strong\u003e is included with the set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe extension helps hold compatible bits and provides additional reach for recessed screws, narrow spaces and deeper fittings. DELI‚Äôs current official specification confirms the 50mm magnetic extension. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe extension should not be used at an extreme angle or under excessive side pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTen CR-V Screwdriver Bits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes \u003cstrong\u003e10 CR-V screwdriver bits\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChrome vanadium bits provide a practical selection for common household fastening jobs. The exact profiles should be checked from the supplied set before creating a detailed individual bit-size list.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect the bit that fits the screw head firmly. Stop using bits that are rounded, cracked or badly worn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRubber-Coated Comfortable Grip\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rubber-coated grip provides a more comfortable and secure hand position during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe compact body is easy to hold for household users, DIY beginners and technicians performing repeated light fastening tasks. The soft-grip design is also referenced in DELI‚Äôs instruction manual. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the grip clean and free from oil, grease and moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompact Size for Easy Storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DELI cordless screwdriver is designed for compact storage and convenient portability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can be kept in:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA home tool drawer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffice maintenance cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicle emergency tool kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFurniture-installation kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTechnician‚Äôs tool bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAppliance-repair toolbox\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts small size makes it easier to use in spaces where a full-size cordless drill may feel bulky.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DELI EDL-DP04-E2B1 can be used for compatible applications such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFurniture assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstalling cabinet hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTightening drawer fittings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting light accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall appliance repairs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectrical faceplate installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eToy assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffice furniture maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome DIY projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemoving household screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight equipment servicing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral maintenance work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is primarily designed for screwdriving. It should not be promoted as a masonry drill, metal drill or heavy construction tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSafe Operating Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWear eye protection when working around loose particles or damaged screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the screwdriver, charging cable, extension and bits before use. Do not operate the tool with cracked accessories, damaged wiring or a swollen battery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSecure loose workpieces where necessary. Keep fingers away from the rotating bit and avoid pressing the trigger while changing accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not expose the screwdriver or charging connection to rain, water or wet working conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e3.6V cordless operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1.5Ah lithium-ion battery\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e3Nm maximum torque\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e200 RPM no-load speed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1\/4-inch or 6.4mm hex bit holder\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUSB Type-C charging\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt-in LED work light\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eForward and reverse rotation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompact cordless body\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRubber-coated comfortable grip\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMagnetic extension rod\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e10 CR-V screwdriver bits\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for furniture assembly\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUseful for household repairs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for light fastening and screw removal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEasy to carry and store\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DELI","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42033159110711,"sku":"EDL-DP04-E2B1","price":1199.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/edl-dp04-e2b1-lithium-ion-cordless-screwdriver.webp?v=1780030164"},{"product_id":"thor-cordless-drill-21v-3mode-thcdk1502","title":"THOR 21V Cordless Impact Drill Kit THCIDK1502","description":"\u003ch2\u003eTHOR 21V Cordless Impact Drill Kit for Repair and Installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eTHOR THCIDK1502 21V Cordless Impact Drill Driver Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e is a portable battery-powered tool set designed for drilling, screwdriving, furniture assembly, installation, household maintenance and suitable workshop applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts cordless construction allows users to work without depending on a nearby electrical socket or managing a trailing power cable. This makes the drill convenient for furniture work, cabinet installation, shelving, maintenance jobs and portable repair tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine operates on a \u003cstrong\u003e21V rechargeable battery platform\u003c\/strong\u003e and has a listed no-load speed range of \u003cstrong\u003e350‚Äì1350 RPM\u003c\/strong\u003e. It also has a listed drilling diameter of \u003cstrong\u003e10mm\u003c\/strong\u003e and is supplied with a broad selection of drilling, fastening and socket accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e350‚Äì1350 RPM Operating Speed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe THOR THCIDK1502 has a listed no-load speed range of \u003cstrong\u003e350‚Äì1350 RPM\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe controlled speed range helps users position drill bits and driver bits accurately before increasing the rotation. This can reduce slipping while starting holes or driving screws into suitable materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual drilling and fastening performance will depend on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBattery charge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial hardness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrill-bit condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriver-bit type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFastener size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccessory compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplied pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperating technique\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product information does not separately confirm two mechanical gearbox ranges. The website should use the verified 350‚Äì1350 RPM specification unless additional gearbox information is confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e10mm Listed Drilling Diameter\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe THOR cordless drill has a listed drilling diameter of \u003cstrong\u003e10mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis specification should be presented as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eListed Drilling Diameter: 10mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplied information does not clearly state whether the 10mm figure refers to chuck capacity or maximum drilling capacity. Avoid advertising it specifically as a 10mm chuck until this is verified from the machine label or operating manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeparate drilling capacities for wood, metal, plastic and masonry are not provided.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e21V Cordless Battery Operation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 21V rechargeable battery platform provides portable operation for jobs where direct electrical access may be inconvenient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCordless mobility is useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFurniture assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCabinet and cupboard work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstalling shelves and brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor and window fitting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectrical installation support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePortable workshop work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorking in confined areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBattery runtime will vary depending on the battery capacity, operating load, material, accessory and frequency of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e2.0Ah Rechargeable Battery Packs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe batteries are marked with a \u003cstrong\u003e2.0Ah capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBattery capacity affects the amount of operating time available between charges. Actual runtime will depend on the drilling resistance, screw size, operating speed and condition of the battery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple battery packs are displayed with the kit. Confirm the exact quantity supplied with every order before adding a fixed battery count to the final Shopify title or package contents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not use batteries that are cracked, swollen, overheated or visibly damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBattery Charger Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA compatible charger is included for the 21V battery system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCharge batteries in a dry and ventilated location away from water, direct sunlight, excessive heat and flammable materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly use the charger supplied or approved for the battery platform. Allow a warm battery to cool before charging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCharging duration and fast-charging capability should be added only after checking the specifications printed on the charger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDrill Bits for Compatible Drilling Work\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple drill bits are included with the THOR THCIDK1502.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese accessories provide a useful starter selection for suitable drilling tasks. The correct drill bit should be selected according to the material and required hole size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore drilling:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the bit for bending or damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit it securely in the chuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the drill aligned with the workpiece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBegin at a controlled speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the workpiece where necessary\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exact bit sizes and material applications should be confirmed from the physical accessory set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDriver Bits for Screw Fastening\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeveral screwdriver and driver bits are included for compatible screwdriving work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose a bit that correctly matches the screw-head profile and size. Using an incorrect bit can damage the fastener and reduce control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBegin screwdriving at a lower speed and gradually increase the trigger pressure when required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFlexible Extension Shaft\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA flexible extension shaft is supplied with the kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis accessory can help users reach screws and fasteners in narrow, recessed or awkward areas where the complete drill body cannot be positioned easily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flexible shaft should be connected securely and used at a controlled operating speed. Avoid applying heavy drilling force or excessive bending to the extension.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSocket Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple socket-style accessories are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese accessories may be used for compatible nuts, bolts and hex-head fasteners when fitted through the correct holder or adapter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe socket should fit the fastener properly and remain fully seated during operation. Exact socket sizes should be confirmed from the final accessory set before publication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCarrying Case for Storage and Transport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA hard carrying case is included for organising and transporting the drill, batteries, charger and accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore storing the kit:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwitch off the drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove loose dust and debris\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow warm batteries to cool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrganise sharp accessories safely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep metal items away from battery terminals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore the case in a dry location\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe carrying case helps keep the complete set together during transportation and long-term storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe THOR THCIDK1502 can be used for compatible applications such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriving and removing screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFurniture assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCabinet installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstalling shelves and brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHousehold maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor and window fitting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight drilling work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectrical installation support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY and hobby projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshop maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSocket-driving applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWork in narrow areas using the flexible shaft\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual suitability depends on the material, accessory, battery charge and workload.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSafety and Operating Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWear eye protection while drilling or working around loose particles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the drill, battery, chuck and selected accessory before every use. Do not use damaged batteries, bent drill bits or heavily worn driver bits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the battery before changing drill bits, driver bits, sockets or adapters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSecure loose workpieces where necessary. Keep fingers, clothing and loose objects away from the rotating chuck and accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e21V cordless battery operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2.0Ah battery capacity\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e350‚Äì1350 RPM no-load speed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e10mm listed drilling diameter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCordless impact-drill identity\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCordless drill-driver design\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple rechargeable battery packs shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompatible battery charger\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFlexible extension shaft\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple drill bits\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple driver bits\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSocket accessories\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBit holders and adapters\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHard carrying case\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for drilling and screwdriving\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for furniture assembly\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUseful for household maintenance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for installation and DIY work\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"THOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42033159143479,"sku":"THCIDK1502","price":2899.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/1_ed30465e-de91-4292-8621-da8e82d12291.jpg?v=1780030169"},{"product_id":"thor-18v-cordless-drill-thcd2516","title":"THOR 18V Cordless Drill Driver, 1350 RPM THCD2516","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eTHOR 18V Cordless Drill Driver for Home Repair and Installation\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eTHOR THCD2516 18V Cordless Drill Driver\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact battery-powered machine designed for drilling, screwdriving, furniture assembly, installation and everyday maintenance work. Its cordless construction allows users to work conveniently without depending on a nearby electrical socket or managing a trailing power cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe drill operates on an \u003cstrong\u003e18V rechargeable battery platform\u003c\/strong\u003e and has a listed no-load speed of \u003cstrong\u003e1350 RPM\u003c\/strong\u003e. This operating speed supports compatible drilling and fastening applications when the correct drill bit or driver bit is securely installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe THOR THCD2516 also has a listed drilling diameter of \u003cstrong\u003e10mm\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its compact body, rechargeable battery system and carrying case make it a practical choice for household repairs, DIY projects, furniture work and light workshop applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e1350 RPM No-Load Speed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe THOR THCD2516 has a listed no-load speed of \u003cstrong\u003e1350 RPM\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis speed is suitable for compatible drilling and screwdriving work where controlled handheld operation is required. The user should begin with careful trigger pressure when positioning a bit or starting a screw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual performance will depend on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBattery charge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrill-bit or driver-bit condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial hardness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFastener size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccessory compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplied pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperating technique\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe drill bit should be allowed to perform the cutting work without excessive force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e10mm Listed Drilling Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cordless drill has a listed drilling diameter of \u003cstrong\u003e10mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse a compatible bit according to the material and required hole size. The selected bit should be centred correctly and tightened firmly before operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe available product details do not provide separate maximum drilling capacities for wood, metal, plastic or masonry. Avoid adding material-specific capacity claims without further confirmation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e18V Cordless Battery Operation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 18V battery platform provides cordless mobility for users working in different locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCordless operation is useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFurniture assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCabinet installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstalling shelves and brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorking inside cupboards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor and window fitting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePortable repair tasks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight workshop applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBattery runtime will vary depending on the workload, battery condition, material and frequency of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTwo 18V 1.5Ah Rechargeable Batteries\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe drill kit includes \u003cstrong\u003etwo 18V 1.5Ah rechargeable batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe two-battery setup helps reduce interruptions during work. One battery can be kept ready or charged while the other powers the drill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBattery performance can vary according to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharge level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBattery age\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrilling resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScrew size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperating temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrequency of trigger use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not use a battery that is cracked, swollen, overheated or visibly damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatible Battery Charger\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA compatible charger is supplied for the 18V battery system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCharge batteries in a dry, ventilated area away from water, direct sunlight and flammable materials. Only use the supplied or approved charger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow a warm battery to cool before charging. Charging time and fast-charging capability should only be published after checking the charger label or operating instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompact Cordless Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe THOR THCD2516 has a compact pistol-grip body designed for convenient handheld operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts cordless format is useful when working:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAround furniture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInside cabinets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNear walls and fittings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAway from plug points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn confined workspaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDuring portable maintenance work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ergonomic grip helps the user maintain control and alignment while drilling or driving screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKeyless-Style Chuck\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe drill is fitted with a keyless-style chuck for installing compatible drill and driver bits without using a separate chuck key.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore changing an accessory:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwitch off the drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the battery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen the chuck\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsert the bit centrally\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTighten the chuck securely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the bit is properly held\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBent, worn or damaged bits should not be used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCarrying Case for Storage and Transport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA hard carrying case is included for organising and transporting the drill, batteries and charger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore storing the kit:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwitch off the drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove loose dust and debris\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow warm batteries to cool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrganise the charger cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep metal objects away from battery terminals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore the case in a dry location\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe carrying case helps keep the main components together and protected during transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe THOR THCD2516 can be used for compatible applications such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriving and removing screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFurniture assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCabinet and cupboard installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstalling shelves and brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHousehold maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor and window fitting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight drilling work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectrical installation support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY and hobby projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral repair tasks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight workshop applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual suitability depends on the material, selected accessory, workload and battery condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSafe Operating Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWear eye protection while drilling or working around loose particles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the drill, battery, chuck and accessory before every use. Do not use damaged batteries, bent drill bits or heavily worn driver bits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the battery before changing accessories. Secure loose workpieces where necessary and keep hands away from the rotating chuck.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBegin drilling or screwdriving with controlled trigger pressure to reduce slipping and improve alignment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e18V cordless battery operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo 18V 1.5Ah rechargeable batteries\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1350 RPM listed no-load speed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e10mm listed drilling diameter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCordless drill-driver design\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemovable battery system\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompatible battery charger\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompact pistol-grip body\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeyless-style chuck\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHard carrying case\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for drilling and screwdriving\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for furniture assembly\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUseful for household maintenance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for installation and DIY work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePortable operation without a power cable\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"THOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42033159176247,"sku":"THCD2516B","price":1999.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/K.png?v=1780030171"},{"product_id":"thor-12v-drill-tool-kit-thcdk27","title":"THOR 12V Cordless Power Drill Kit 25Nm THCDK27","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eTHOR 12V Cordless Drill Tool Kit for Home Repair and DIY Work\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eTHOR THCDK27 12V Cordless Drill Tool Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e is a portable drilling, screw-driving and hand-tool set designed for home repairs, furniture assembly, maintenance and everyday DIY applications. It combines a compact battery-powered drill driver with a wide selection of visible drill bits, screwdriver bits, sockets, hex keys and hand tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cordless drill operates on a supplier-listed \u003cstrong\u003e12V battery platform\u003c\/strong\u003e and delivers a maximum listed torque of \u003cstrong\u003e25Nm\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its speed range of \u003cstrong\u003e0‚Äì1300 RPM\u003c\/strong\u003e helps support controlled drilling and screw-driving work with compatible accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image also lists a \u003cstrong\u003e10mm drilling diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e. This specification should be retained using the supplier‚Äôs wording unless the physical machine label confirms that it refers specifically to the chuck capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e25Nm Torque for Drilling and Fastening\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe THOR THCDK27 has a supplier-listed maximum torque of \u003cstrong\u003e25Nm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis torque output makes the drill suitable for compatible tasks such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriving screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemoving suitable screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFurniture assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCabinet installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight drilling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral home maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall workshop jobs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY repair work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual performance will vary according to the screw size, drill bit, material, battery charge and operating technique.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe existing website‚Äôs 45Nm claim conflicts with the supplier image and should not be retained unless the machine label independently confirms it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e0‚Äì1300 RPM Speed Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image lists a speed range of \u003cstrong\u003e0‚Äì1300 RPM\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA controlled starting speed can help the user position a drill bit or driver bit more accurately before increasing speed. This can be useful when beginning holes, driving screws or working on delicate materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image does not confirm a separate two-speed gearbox. Avoid advertising dual-speed operation unless the physical tool has a clearly marked speed selector or the supplier provides a technical datasheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e10mm Listed Drilling Diameter\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image states:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDrill Diameter: 10mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis should be published as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eListed Drilling Diameter: 10mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe image does not provide separate drilling capacities for wood, metal, masonry or plastic. Avoid publishing material-specific maximum capacities without verification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe visible drill is fitted with a keyless-style chuck. Users should ensure that the selected bit fits securely and remains within the machine‚Äôs confirmed capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCordless 12V Battery Operation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe drill uses a removable 12V battery system, allowing users to work without a continuous electrical cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCordless operation is useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFurniture assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelving installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWork inside cabinets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepair tasks away from wall sockets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePortable workshop jobs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image appears to show a battery fitted to the drill and another separate battery unit. Confirm the final package quantity before guaranteeing two batteries on the website.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe battery capacity, chemistry and runtime are not clearly readable in the supplied image and should not be added without checking the battery label.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCharger Shown with the Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA charger or power adapter is visible with the product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly the compatible supplied charger should be used with the battery system. Batteries should be charged in a dry and ventilated location away from excessive heat and flammable materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image does not state the charging time or fast-charging capability. These details should not be published without confirmation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDrill Bits and Driver Bits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image shows multiple drill bits and screwdriver-style bits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese accessories can support suitable drilling and screw-driving work when the correct bit is selected. The exact bit materials, profiles and sizes are not clearly stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid guaranteeing specific masonry, metal or wood drilling performance unless the intended use of each bit is confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore use:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelect the correct accessory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect it for damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit it securely in the chuck or holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the tool aligned with the workpiece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBegin at a controlled speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSocket and Nut-Driving Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple socket-style accessories are shown in the kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese may be used for compatible nuts, bolts and hex-head fasteners when connected through the appropriate holder or adapter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe individual socket sizes are not clearly readable. Do not list exact socket measurements until checked from the actual supplied set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHand Tools Included in the Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image shows a broad range of hand tools, including visible items such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScrewdrivers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable wrench\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHammer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCombination pliers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong-nose pliers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHex-key set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHacksaw\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUtility knife\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasuring tape\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsulation tape\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall level or measuring tool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSockets and bits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis makes the THOR THCDK27 useful for customers who want both a cordless drill and a general home-maintenance tool set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exact accessory count is not written clearly in the supplier image. Avoid describing it as an 85-piece set unless the actual package count is confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCarrying Case for Storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA hard carrying case is shown with the kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe case helps store and organise the drill, batteries, charger, hand tools and accessories. Keeping the tools together also makes the kit easier to carry between home, workshop and job locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSwitch off the drill and remove the battery before cleaning or long-term storage. Keep the battery away from moisture, excessive heat and conductive metal objects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe THOR THCDK27 can be considered for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFurniture assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstalling shelves and brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriving and removing screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome repair jobs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCabinet and cupboard work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight drilling applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectrical and maintenance support work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall workshop tasks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDIY projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCraft and hobby work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral household maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmergency repair kits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual suitability depends on the material, accessory, fastener size and battery condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSafe Operating Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWear eye protection while drilling or working with hand tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the drill, battery, chuck, bits and accessories before every use. Do not use damaged batteries, bent bits or cracked sockets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the battery before changing drill bits, driver bits or socket adapters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSecure the workpiece where necessary and keep hands away from the rotating accessory. Begin drilling at a controlled speed to reduce slipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e12V cordless battery operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e25Nm supplier-listed maximum torque\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e0‚Äì1300 RPM speed range\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e10mm listed drilling diameter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCordless drill-driver design\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeyless-style chuck visible\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBattery units shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompatible charger shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple drill bits\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple screwdriver bits\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSocket accessories\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHex-key set\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eScrewdrivers\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdjustable wrench\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHammer\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCombination and long-nose pliers\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHacksaw\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasuring and cutting accessories\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHard carrying case\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for home repair and DIY work\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"THOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42033159209015,"sku":"THCDK27","price":2999.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/1-3.jpg?v=1780030179"},{"product_id":"xlnt-2pcs-combo-kit-xtcom1372","title":"XLNT 48V Cordless Power 2-Tool Combo Kit XTCOM1372","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eXLNT 48V Cordless Drill and Angle Grinder Combo Kit\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eXLNT XTCOM1372 48V Cordless 2-Tool Combo Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e combines a cordless drill driver and a 125mm cordless angle grinder in one portable power-tool package. It is designed for users who require drilling, screw-driving, cutting and grinding capability without depending on a continuous electrical cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is suitable for workshops, fabrication work, installation jobs, repair tasks, construction maintenance and home improvement. Its cordless design allows both machines to be used in locations where direct electrical access may be inconvenient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image lists a voltage of \u003cstrong\u003e48V\u003c\/strong\u003e and shows multiple removable battery packs, a compatible battery charger and a carrying case. The exact battery quantity and capacity should be confirmed from the supplied package before publication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e120Nm Cordless Drill Driver\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe drill included in the XLNT XTCOM1372 has a supplier-listed maximum torque of \u003cstrong\u003e120Nm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTorque represents the rotational force available for drilling and fastening. Actual performance will depend on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFastener size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScrew condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrill-bit type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial hardness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBattery charge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelected speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorking technique\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccessory condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 120Nm figure should be presented as the supplier-listed maximum torque rather than guaranteed output in every application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe drill is suitable for compatible screw-driving, installation and drilling work when the correct bit is fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDual-Speed Drill Operation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image lists the drill speed as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e550 RPM \/ 2350 RPM\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese two ranges indicate a dual-speed operating system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lower speed range can support controlled fastening and higher-torque work. The higher speed range can be used for suitable drilling applications where faster rotation is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers should begin at a controlled speed while positioning a drill or driver bit. Speed can then be increased according to the material and job requirement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e10mm Listed Drill Diameter\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image states:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDrill Diameter: 10mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis should be published as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eListed Drill Diameter: 10mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image does not clearly state whether 10mm refers to chuck capacity or maximum drilling capacity. Avoid specifically calling it a 10mm chuck until the physical tool or manual confirms this.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeparate drilling capacities for wood, metal, plastic or masonry are not provided and should not be added without verification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCordless Drill for Fastening and Installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe drill driver can be considered for compatible work such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriving and removing screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFurniture assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCabinet installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstalling brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral repair work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight construction installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshop maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable drilling tasks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome improvement projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe correct bit should always be selected according to the material and fastener.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image does not confirm hammer-drilling or impact-drilling functionality. The machine should therefore be described as a drill driver until those modes are officially verified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e125mm Cordless Angle Grinder\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe second machine in the combo is a cordless angle grinder designed for a \u003cstrong\u003e125mm disc\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 125mm angle grinder can support compatible cutting, grinding, deburring and surface-preparation work when fitted with the correct accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDifferent grinder discs are intended for different applications. Users should choose an accessory based on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisc diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpeed rating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting or grinding application\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccessory condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNever install an oversized disc or an accessory that is not rated for the grinder‚Äôs operating speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eM14 Spindle Thread\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image lists an \u003cstrong\u003eM14 spindle thread\u003c\/strong\u003e for the angle grinder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe spindle specification helps users identify compatible flange components and accessories. However, a disc must also match the 125mm diameter and confirmed speed rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe battery should be removed before fitting, removing or adjusting any grinder accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnsure the disc is centred, securely installed and free from cracks or damage before operating the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGrinder Speed up to 10,000 r\/min\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image lists the grinder speed as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10,000 r\/min\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis speed range supports compatible metal-cutting, grinding, finishing and surface-preparation applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe grinder should be allowed to reach operating speed before contacting the workpiece. Excessive pressure should be avoided because it can slow the disc, increase heat and place unnecessary load on the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image does not confirm whether grinder speed is adjustable. Avoid claiming variable-speed control unless a dedicated adjustment control is verified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAuxiliary Handle for Grinder Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn auxiliary side handle is shown fitted to the cordless angle grinder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe handle allows two-handed operation and can help improve stability and control while cutting or grinding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe side handle should be tightened securely before use. Users should maintain a balanced working position and keep both hands away from the rotating accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA suitable safety guard should always be fitted during grinder operation, even though the supplier image does not separately list it in the specification panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCordless 48V Battery Operation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth machines are shown using removable 48V battery packs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCordless operation gives users more freedom while working in garages, workshops, construction sites, outdoor areas and locations without convenient power sockets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBattery runtime will depend on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBattery capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBattery condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool being used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTorque or cutting demand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisc or drill-bit condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrequency of operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorking temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image does not provide an amp-hour rating. Do not publish 4Ah, 10Ah, 15Ah or another capacity without checking the battery label.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBattery Packs Shown\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image visually shows multiple battery packs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo batteries appear fitted to the machines, while two additional loose packs are displayed near the charger. Confirm whether all four batteries are supplied or whether the image represents different package configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUntil confirmed, the safest wording is:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple removable battery packs shown; exact supplied quantity depends on confirmed package contents.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBattery Charger Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA compatible charger is shown with the combo kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly the approved charger should be used with the supplied batteries. Charging should be carried out in a dry and ventilated location away from excessive heat, moisture and flammable materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image does not confirm:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharging time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFast-charging capability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharger input voltage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBattery indicator system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBattery-cell chemistry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese claims should not be added without official confirmation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCarrying Case for Storage and Transport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA hard carrying case is shown with the XLNT XTCOM1372.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe case helps organise the drill, grinder, batteries and charger during transportation and storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore placing the tools inside the case:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwitch off both machines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the batteries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow accessories to cool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean loose dust and debris\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the grinder disc or remove it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep batteries away from metal objects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exact case layout and storage capacity should be checked from the supplied package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT XTCOM1372 can be considered for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrilling suitable materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriving and removing screws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFurniture and cabinet assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation and repair work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetal cutting with a compatible disc\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSurface grinding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeld finishing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeburring metal edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFabrication work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshop maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction-site repair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome improvement projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral cordless power-tool work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual suitability depends on the battery condition, selected accessory, material and operating technique.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSafety and Operating Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWear suitable eye protection, gloves, hearing protection and protective clothing while using either machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the battery before changing drill bits, driver bits, grinder discs or other accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the tools, batteries, charger and accessories before every use. Do not use cracked discs, bent drill bits, damaged batteries or loose attachments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile using the angle grinder, direct sparks away from the operator, electrical equipment and flammable materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSecure the workpiece whenever possible and maintain a firm two-handed grip during cutting, grinding and demanding drilling work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e48V supplier-listed cordless platform\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo-tool cordless combo kit\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCordless drill driver included\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCordless angle grinder included\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e120Nm supplier-listed drill torque\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e0‚Äì550 RPM low drill-speed range\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e0‚Äì2350 RPM high drill-speed range\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e10mm listed drill diameter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e125mm grinder disc diameter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eM14 grinder spindle thread\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e0‚Äì10,000 r\/min grinder speed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple battery packs shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompatible battery charger shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHard carrying case shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrinder auxiliary side handle shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for drilling and screw driving\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for compatible cutting and grinding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePortable cordless operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for workshop and repair jobs\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"XLNT","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42033159241783,"sku":"XTCOM1372","price":5399.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/1_eb970fc4-dd38-4c6d-9e37-2212336fe357.jpg?v=1780030185"},{"product_id":"thor-4-pcs-cordless-machines-combo-kit","title":"THOR 48V Cordless 4-Piece Tool Combo THCOM 184J","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"relative basis-auto flex-col -mb-(--composer-overlap-px) pb-(--composer-overlap-px) [--composer-overlap-px:28px] grow flex\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"flex min-h-0 grow flex-col text-sm\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"qMYqUG_convSearchResultHighlightRoot\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"\"\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"text-token-text-primary w-full focus:outline-none has-data-writing-block:pointer-events-none [\u0026amp;:has([data-writing-block])\u0026gt;*]:pointer-events-auto R6Vx5W_threadScrollVars scroll-mb-[calc(var(--scroll-root-safe-area-inset-bottom,0px)+var(--thread-response-height))] scroll-mt-[calc(var(--header-height)+min(200px,max(70px,20svh)))]\" dir=\"auto\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-base my-auto mx-auto pb-8 [--thread-content-margin:var(--thread-content-margin-xs,calc(var(--spacing)*4))] @w-sm\/main:[--thread-content-margin:var(--thread-content-margin-sm,calc(var(--spacing)*6))] @w-lg\/main:[--thread-content-margin:var(--thread-content-margin-lg,calc(var(--spacing)*16))] px-(--thread-content-margin)\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"[--thread-content-max-width:40rem] @w-lg\/main:[--thread-content-max-width:48rem] mx-auto max-w-(--thread-content-max-width) flex-1 group\/turn-messages focus-visible:outline-hidden relative flex w-full min-w-0 flex-col agent-turn\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"flex max-w-full flex-col gap-4 grow\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv dir=\"auto\" class=\"min-h-8 text-message relative flex w-full flex-col items-end gap-2 text-start break-words whitespace-normal outline-none keyboard-focused:focus-ring [.text-message+\u0026amp;]:mt-1\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"flex w-full flex-col gap-1 empty:hidden\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"markdown prose dark:prose-invert wrap-break-word w-full dark markdown-new-styling\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eTHOR THCOM184 48V 4-Piece Cordless Tool Combo Kit\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eTHOR THCOM184 48V Brushless Cordless 4-Piece Power Tool Combo Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e brings together four essential machines for drilling, fastening, masonry work, cutting and grinding. The complete set includes a cordless rotary hammer, impact wrench, 125mm angle grinder and cordless drill driver, making it a practical all-in-one solution for contractors, technicians, fabrication workshops, installers and serious DIY users. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstead of purchasing and maintaining four separate cordless systems, the THCOM184 provides multiple tools within one coordinated battery platform. The kit includes three rechargeable lithium-ion batteries, a compatible fast charger, essential accessories and a protective BMC carrying case for organised storage and convenient transportation. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBrushless Cordless Power for Multiple Applications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tools are built around a \u003cstrong\u003e48V cordless brushless system\u003c\/strong\u003e designed to support portable operation without trailing power cables. Cordless mobility is especially useful on construction sites, inside workshops, during installation work and in locations where electrical sockets may not be conveniently accessible. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe brushless power system helps create a compact and practical tool arrangement for users moving between different tasks. Battery runtime will depend on the machine being used, the workload, accessory condition and battery charge level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCordless Rotary Hammer for Masonry Work\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe included cordless rotary hammer is designed for compatible masonry and concrete applications. It can be used with suitable accessories for drilling into brick, block and concrete during installation, construction and maintenance work. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rotary hammer is useful for jobs such as fixing supports, preparing mounting points, installing brackets and completing suitable site-drilling work. The correct drill bit must always be selected according to the material and application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImpact Wrench for High-Torque Fastening\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cordless impact wrench is intended for demanding tightening and loosening applications involving compatible nuts, bolts and mechanical fasteners. Its impact mechanism makes it useful for automotive maintenance, equipment assembly, workshop repair and installation work where a standard drill driver may not provide sufficient fastening force. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse only properly fitting impact-rated sockets. Actual fastening performance will depend on the fastener size, corrosion, socket condition, battery charge and operating time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e125mm Cordless Angle Grinder\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe included cordless angle grinder is designed for \u003cstrong\u003e125mm compatible discs\u003c\/strong\u003e and can support suitable cutting, grinding, surface preparation, deburring and metal-finishing applications. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe grinder can be useful for fabrication work, workshop repairs, cutting suitable metal sections and cleaning welded surfaces when the correct accessory is fitted. Cutting discs, grinding wheels and finishing accessories must match the grinder's disc capacity and operating requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways use the angle grinder with the safety guard and auxiliary handle correctly installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCordless Drill Driver for Everyday Drilling and Fastening\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cordless drill driver is suitable for compatible drilling, screwdriving, furniture assembly, cabinet installation, bracket fixing and general maintenance work. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts cordless design makes it convenient for working inside cupboards, around furniture and in areas where a larger rotary hammer may not be necessary. Compatible drill bits and driver bits should be selected according to the material and fastener.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThree Batteries and Fast Charger\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe THOR THCOM184 package includes \u003cstrong\u003ethree rechargeable lithium-ion batteries\u003c\/strong\u003e and a compatible fast charger. The multi-battery setup helps reduce interruptions when working with different machines because one battery can be used while another remains ready or is being charged. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly compatible THOR batteries and charging equipment should be used. The batteries should be stored in a clean, dry location away from water, excessive heat and conductive metal objects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBMC Carrying Case for Organised Storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA protective BMC carrying case is included for storing and transporting the machines, batteries, charger and accessories. The case helps keep the complete cordless-tool set together while protecting the equipment during movement between workshops, job sites and storage areas. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore storing the tools, remove loose dust, allow warm batteries and accessories to cool, and organise sharp components securely inside the case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for Contractors, Workshops and Installation Work\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe THOR THCOM184 is suitable for users who regularly move between different drilling, fastening, cutting, grinding and masonry tasks. It can support compatible applications in construction, fabrication, mechanical maintenance, installation work, workshops and home-improvement projects. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith four cordless machines, three rechargeable batteries, a fast charger, accessories and a carrying case in one package, the THCOM184 provides a versatile tool solution without the need to purchase each machine separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mt-3 w-full empty:hidden has-[\u0026gt;_:empty]:hidden\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"[--thread-content-max-width:40rem] @w-lg\/main:[--thread-content-max-width:48rem] mx-auto max-w-(--thread-content-max-width) flex-1\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mt-auto grid\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"col-start-1 row-start-1\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"sticky bottom-(--scroll-root-safe-area-inset-bottom,0px) col-start-1 row-start-1 self-end\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"min-h-9 pt-2 text-center text-xs text-token-text-tertiary [view-transition-name:var(--vt-disclaimer)] pb-4 relative overflow-hidden @w-sm\/main:px-[60px]\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-base mx-auto [--thread-content-margin:var(--thread-content-margin-xs,calc(var(--spacing)*4))] @w-sm\/main:[--thread-content-margin:var(--thread-content-margin-sm,calc(var(--spacing)*6))] @w-lg\/main:[--thread-content-margin:var(--thread-content-margin-lg,calc(var(--spacing)*16))] px-(--thread-content-margin)\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"THOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42042424328247,"sku":"THCOM 184J","price":9499.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/1_ce0312ac-2f24-49f4-951f-3cfd73adda30.jpg?v=1780030187"},{"product_id":"xlnt-4pcs-combo-kits-xtcom-1384","title":"XLNT 4-Tool Cordless Power Combo 13mm XT4COM138","description":"\u003ch2\u003eXLNT XT4COM138 — 4-Tool Cordless Combo Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEverything a professional site crew needs in one BMC-cased kit. The XT4COM138 bundles four brushless cordless powerhouses — a 13 mm drill\/driver, a 125 mm angle grinder, a 1\/2\" impact wrench, and a 26 mm SDS-Plus rotary hammer — with two high-capacity batteries and a fast charger. Designed for heavy-duty construction, fabrication, and site maintenance where downtime is not an option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e1. Brushless Cordless Drill \/ Driver — 13 mm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA high-torque, variable-speed drill built for driving fasteners and boring through timber, steel, and masonry with equal confidence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChuck Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 13 mm keyless\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo-Load Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0–450 \/ 0–1,800 RPM (2-speed gearbox)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax Torque:\u003c\/strong\u003e 65 N·m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClutch Settings:\u003c\/strong\u003e 21+1 torque positions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brushless for longer life and greater efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMode:\u003c\/strong\u003e Drill \/ Screwdriver \/ Hammer drill\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 48 V Li-Ion (shared platform)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Structural drilling, fixing, decking, formwork, and general assembly on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e2. Brushless Angle Grinder — 125 mm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA compact, powerful grinder that handles cutting, grinding, and surface preparation on steel, concrete, and stone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisc Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 125 mm (5\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo-Load Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 8,500 RPM\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle Thread:\u003c\/strong\u003e M14\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGuard:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable protective guard included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brushless for sustained high-load performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 48 V Li-Ion (shared platform)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cutting rebar, grinding welds, surface prep on structural steel, tile cutting, and concrete work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e3. Brushless Impact Wrench — 1\/2\" Drive\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA heavy-duty impact wrench that delivers professional-grade fastening torque without the compressor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrive Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/2\" square drive\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax Torque:\u003c\/strong\u003e 400 N·m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo-Load Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0–2,700 RPM\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImpacts Per Minute:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0–3,200 IPM\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brushless for maximum power-to-weight ratio\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 48V Li-Ion (shared platform)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wheel nuts, structural bolts, scaffolding, heavy equipment maintenance, and automotive work on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e4. Brushless Rotary Hammer — 26 mm SDS-Plus\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn SDS-Plus rotary hammer engineered for chiselling and drilling into concrete, brick, and masonry — without the fatigue of a corded unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChuck System:\u003c\/strong\u003e SDS-Plus\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax Drilling Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 26 mm in concrete\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo-Load Speed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0–900 RPM\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlows Per Minute:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0–4,500 BPM\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImpact Energy:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.0 J\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModes:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rotary drill \/ Hammer drill \/ Chisel (3-mode selector)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMotor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Brushless\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 V Li-Ion (shared platform)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Anchor hole drilling, cable routing, concrete breaking, block-work and brick drilling on construction and civil sites.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBattery \u0026amp; Charger\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlatform:\u003c\/strong\u003e 48 V Li-Ion (all four tools share the same battery)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBatteries Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 × 48V Li-Ion packs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCharger:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 × fast charger included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery Indicator:\u003c\/strong\u003e LED charge-level indicator on each pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Batteries interchange across all XLNT 20 V platform tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKit \u0026amp; Storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase:\u003c\/strong\u003e Heavy-duty BMC (Blow-Moulded Case) with custom-fit tool inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccessories Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Belt clips, auxiliary handles, and side handle for drill and rotary hammer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKit Model:\u003c\/strong\u003e XT4COM138\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e XLNT\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTypical Use Cases\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommercial and residential construction — framing, fixing, drilling, and concrete work from a single battery platform\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel fabrication and structural work — cutting, grinding, and impact fastening without a power outlet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCivil and infrastructure sites — anchor installation, rebar cutting, and heavy bolting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance teams and plant operators — one kit covers the majority of daily fastening and drilling tasks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHire fleets — durable BMC case protects tools during transport and storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy the XT4COM138?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour brushless tools. One battery platform. One case. Compared to buying tools individually, the XT4COM138 delivers a fully coordinated site kit at a significantly lower cost per tool — with the added advantage of shared batteries and a single point of storage. Ideal for tradespeople, site supervisors, and contractors who need reliable cordless performance across multiple disciplines every day.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"XLNT","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42042424361015,"sku":"XT4COM138","price":12099.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/1_c1db5012-c220-4910-86da-73400e1934c7.png?v=1789987158"},{"product_id":"ruth-4-in-1-cordless-impact-wrench-450nm-rtciwk1","title":"RUTH 21V Cordless Impact Wrench 450Nm RTCIWK1","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eRUTH 21V Cordless Impact Wrench for Automotive and Workshop Work\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRUTH RTCIWK1 21V Cordless Impact Wrench Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e is a multi-purpose battery-powered tool set designed for fastening, loosening, drilling and suitable workshop applications. Its cordless design allows mechanics, technicians, installers and maintenance users to work without depending on a nearby electrical socket or managing a trailing power cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image lists a maximum torque of \u003cstrong\u003e450Nm\u003c\/strong\u003e. This high-torque output is intended to support demanding fastening and loosening jobs when the correct socket, adapter or accessory is fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit also includes a wide selection of visible accessories, including sockets, drill bits, screwdriver bits, adapters and an auger-style bit. This makes the RTCIWK1 suitable for users looking for one portable cordless machine that can support multiple tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSupplier-Listed 450Nm Maximum Torque\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RUTH RTCIWK1 has a supplier-listed maximum torque of \u003cstrong\u003e450Nm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTorque represents the rotational force available for tightening or loosening suitable fasteners. Actual performance will depend on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFastener size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFastener condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRust or corrosion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSocket compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBattery charge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccessory condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperating time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelected direction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorking technique\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 850Nm figure should be described as the supplier-listed maximum torque rather than guaranteed torque on every fastener.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways use impact-rated sockets for impact-wrench applications. Standard hand-tool sockets may not be designed to withstand repeated impact force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e21V Cordless Battery Platform\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image lists the operating voltage as\u003cstrong\u003e21V\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCordless operation gives the user more mobility in garages, tyre shops, workshops, construction sites and outdoor maintenance locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBattery runtime will depend on the battery capacity, condition, charge level, torque demand and frequency of use. The supplier image does not clearly state the amp-hour capacity of the batteries, so an Ah rating should not be added without checking the battery label.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple battery packs are visible in the supplier image. However, the final guaranteed battery quantity should be confirmed from the actual supplied package before publication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMulti-Purpose 4-in-1 Tool Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product is identified as a \u003cstrong\u003e4-in-1 cordless impact wrench kit\u003c\/strong\u003e. The supplier image shows multiple sockets, drill bits, screwdriver bits, adapters and an auger bit around the main machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese accessories indicate that the kit is intended to support different fastening and drilling applications. However, the supplier image does not clearly name the exact four functions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid defining the four functions individually until they are confirmed from the product manual or carton.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA safe product-page description is:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-purpose 4-in-1 impact wrench kit with fastening, drilling and driving accessories.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSupplier-Listed Speed Figures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image lists two operating figures:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e0‚2700 IPM\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e0‚2300 IPM\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause both values are labelled IPM, their exact functions are unclear. One may represent impact rate and the other rotational speed, but this requires supplier confirmation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not describe the machine as having a specific RPM range until the correct units are verified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSockets for Fastening and Loosening\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple deep sockets are shown with the RUTH RTCIWK1.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese sockets can be used for compatible nuts and bolts when their size, drive connection and impact rating match the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image does not state the individual socket sizes or exact anvil size. Avoid publishing specific measurements until they are confirmed from the physical accessory set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore operating the impact wrench:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelect the correct socket size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure the socket is fully fitted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect it for cracks or damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the tool aligned with the fastener\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid using loose or incorrectly sized sockets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDrill Bits for Different Drilling Tasks\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image shows multiple drill bits of different lengths and designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese may support drilling in suitable materials when the correct chuck or adapter is fitted. The exact bit types, materials and sizes are not listed in the supplier information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not guarantee concrete, metal, wood or masonry drilling capacities without confirming the intended use of each bit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe user should select the correct drill bit according to the material and ensure the adapter is securely attached before operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eScrewdriver Bits and Holders\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeveral screwdriver-style bits and holders are visible in the supplier image.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese accessories can support suitable screw-driving and fastening applications when used with the correct holder or adapter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exact bit profiles and sizes are not specified. Avoid listing Phillips, Pozidriv, Torx or hex sizes unless they are confirmed from the actual accessory kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse a controlled trigger speed while starting screws to reduce slipping and damage to the fastener head.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAuger-Style Bit Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA long spiral auger-style bit is shown with the tool kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis type of accessory may be used for suitable boring applications when properly connected through a compatible adapter. The supplier image does not state the bit diameter, material suitability or maximum drilling capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not market it for soil, concrete or another specific material without supplier confirmation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAdapters and Accessory Holders\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image shows several adapters and holders designed to connect different accessories to the main tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese components may allow the machine to work with sockets, drill bits and screwdriver bits. Every adapter should be checked for secure fit before the tool is switched on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine, battery and adapter should be inspected before use. Do not operate with loose, bent or damaged accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBattery Charger Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA battery charger is visible in the supplier image.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse only the compatible charger supplied or approved for the RTCIWK1 battery system. Charge the battery in a dry, ventilated area away from direct sunlight and flammable materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image does not confirm:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharging time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFast-charging capability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharger input voltage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBattery-cell type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBattery capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharge indicator functions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese details should not be added until verified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCarrying Case for Storage and Transport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA hard carrying case is shown with the RUTH RTCIWK1.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe case helps organise the machine, batteries, charger, sockets, drill bits and adapters during transport and storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove loose dust and debris from the machine and accessories before placing them inside the case. Batteries should be stored away from excessive heat, water and conductive metal objects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RUTH RTCIWK1 can be considered for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoosening and tightening suitable nuts and bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomotive maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel-related fastening work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarage and tyre-shop applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshop repairs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEquipment maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFurniture and installation work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable screw-driving jobs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible drilling applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral fastening work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome and professional tool use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual suitability depends on the accessory fitted, material, fastener size and confirmed machine specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSafe Operating Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWear eye protection, gloves and suitable footwear while using the cordless impact wrench.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the machine, battery, sockets, bits and adapters before each use. Do not use accessories that are cracked, bent, loose or heavily worn.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the battery before changing sockets, drill bits, adapters or other accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep hands, clothing and loose objects away from rotating parts. Maintain a balanced stance and keep the machine aligned with the fastener or drilling point.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e21v supplier-listed operating voltage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e850Nm supplier-listed maximum torque\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e4-in-1 multi-purpose cordless tool identity\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e0‚Äì2700 IPM supplier-listed speed figure\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e0‚Äì2300 IPM supplier-listed speed figure\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCordless battery-powered operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImpact wrench body\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple removable battery packs shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBattery charger shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDeep sockets shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple drill bits shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eScrewdriver bits shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuger-style bit shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple adapters and holders shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHard carrying case shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for automotive and workshop work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for compatible fastening and drilling jobs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePortable multi-accessory tool kit\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RUTH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42042424393783,"sku":"RTCIWK1","price":4299.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/21.png?v=1780030196"},{"product_id":"xlnt-21v-heavy-duty-impact-wrench-450nm-xtciw-128","title":"XLNT 21V Cordless Impact Wrench 450Nm XTCIW 128","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eXLNT 21V Cordless Impact Wrench 450Nm XTCIW 128 is a heavy-duty cordless fastening tool designed for automotive repair, tyre shops, fabrication, equipment maintenance, installation work and demanding DIY applications. Powered by a 21V cordless platform and delivering up to 450 Nm maximum torque, this impact wrench helps loosen and tighten stubborn nuts, bolts and fasteners with less manual effort.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe XLNT XTCIW 128 combines strong fastening performance with cordless mobility for workshop jobs. Its no-load speed of up to 2200 RPM supports fast operation, while the compact body helps users work around wheels, machinery and tighter spaces. The ergonomic grip supports comfortable handling during repeated fastening tasks.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHeavy-Duty 450 Nm Cordless Performance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWith maximum torque up to 450 Nm, the XLNT 21V impact wrench is suitable for wheel fitting, automotive servicing, nut and bolt tightening, fabrication work and general maintenance. Its cordless design provides freedom of movement around vehicles and equipment.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e21V Cordless Convenience\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe 21V platform makes this XLNT cordless impact wrench a practical choice for portable workshop and field work. Forward and reverse operation allows changes between tightening and loosening, helping improve working speed during repair and maintenance jobs.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBuilt for Automotive and Workshop Use\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe XTCIW 128 is ideal for mechanics, tyre shops, fabrication professionals, maintenance teams and serious DIY users. It can be used for wheel nuts, machinery fasteners, assembly jobs, equipment servicing and other applications where higher fastening force is required.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKey Features\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBrand: XLNT\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eModel: XTCIW 128\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProduct Type: Cordless Impact Wrench\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eVoltage: 21V\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMaximum Torque: 450 Nm\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNo-Load Speed: Up to 2200 RPM\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOperation: Cordless\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDirection: Forward and Reverse\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBuild: Heavy-duty, compact design\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable For: Automotive repair, tyre service, fabrication, maintenance and fastening work\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"XLNT","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42042424426551,"sku":"XTCIW128","price":2599.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/XTCIW128.png?v=1788941169"},{"product_id":"xlnt-48v-impact-wrench-kit-450nm-xtciwk130","title":"XLNT 48V Cordless Impact Wrench 750Nm XTCIWK130","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eXLNT 48V Cordless Impact Wrench for Automotive and Workshop Use\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eXLNT XTCIWK130 48V Cordless Impact Wrench Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e is a powerful battery-operated fastening tool designed for automotive maintenance, wheel-related work, equipment repair, workshop jobs and compatible drilling applications. Its cordless construction allows users to work away from fixed electrical sockets without managing a trailing power cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine delivers a listed maximum torque of \u003cstrong\u003e750Nm\u003c\/strong\u003e, helping users loosen and tighten suitable nuts, bolts and fasteners when the correct impact-rated socket is installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit also includes multiple sockets, drill bits, driver bits, an auger-style bit, adapters, a ratchet handle, removable batteries, a charger and a carrying case. This makes it a practical choice for mechanics, maintenance professionals, installers and users who need a versatile portable tool set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e750Nm Maximum Torque\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT XTCIWK130 has a listed maximum torque of \u003cstrong\u003e750Nm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis high rotational force can support demanding fastening and loosening work such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicle wheel-nut removal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomotive repair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEquipment maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy bolt fastening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshop assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachinery servicing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual torque performance will depend on the battery charge, fastener size, socket condition, rust level, operating duration and working technique.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 750Nm figure should be described as the maximum listed torque rather than guaranteed output on every fastener.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e2700 RPM No-Load Speed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine has a listed no-load speed range of \u003cstrong\u003e2700 RPM\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVariable trigger control allows the user to begin at a lower speed and increase the rotation according to the fastening or drilling task.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStarting at a controlled speed can help improve socket alignment, accessory positioning and overall handling. The operator should avoid running unsuitable accessories at excessive speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e3200 IPM Impact Frequency\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT XTCIWK130 has a listed impact frequency of \u003cstrong\u003e3200 impacts per minute\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe impact mechanism delivers repeated rotational strikes that help loosen resistant nuts and bolts more effectively than a standard drill driver.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual impact performance depends on the battery level, fastener condition, socket compatibility and duration of operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways use impact-rated sockets for impact-wrench work. Standard chrome hand sockets may crack or fail under repeated impact loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e48V Cordless Battery Operation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tool operates on a listed \u003cstrong\u003e48V rechargeable battery platform\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCordless operation provides greater mobility for users working in:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarages\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTyre shops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutdoor maintenance areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicle-repair sites\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocations without nearby power sockets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBattery runtime will vary depending on the battery capacity, fastening resistance, operating speed and frequency of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe battery capacity should be added only after checking the label printed on the supplied batteries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMultiple Rechargeable Batteries\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple removable battery packs are included with the tool kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHaving more than one battery can help reduce downtime because one battery can be charged while another powers the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore publication, confirm the exact battery quantity supplied with every unit. The package description and product images must match what the customer will actually receive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not use batteries that are swollen, cracked, overheated or visibly damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e12.5mm Listed Drill Diameter\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product information lists a drill diameter of \u003cstrong\u003e12.5mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis specification indicates that the accessory setup supports compatible drilling applications. However, it is not clear whether 12.5mm refers to a chuck, adapter or maximum drill-bit diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the safer wording:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eListed Drill Diameter: 12.5mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not describe it as a 12.5mm chuck until the adapter or chuck specification is confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eImpact Wrench and Drilling Accessory Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT XTCIWK130 includes multiple fastening and drilling accessories, allowing the main tool to support different applications when the correct adapter is installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVisible accessories include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeep sockets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrill bits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriver bits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAuger-style bit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBit holders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSocket adapters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRatchet handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChuck or drill adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtension accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exact quantities, sizes and material compatibility of these accessories should be verified from the physical package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDeep Sockets for Nuts and Bolts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple deep sockets are included for compatible nuts and bolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways select a socket that fits the fastener correctly. A loose or incorrectly sized socket may damage the fastener and reduce torque transfer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe socket should be installed fully on the wrench anvil before operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not use cracked, worn or non-impact-rated sockets with the impact function.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDrill Bits for Compatible Drilling Work\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple drill bits are included with the kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDifferent drill bits are designed for different materials. The bit type should be identified before drilling into wood, metal, masonry or another surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product information does not provide individual drill-bit sizes or material ratings. Avoid claiming specific drilling capacities until the accessory types are confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDriver Bits for Screw Fastening\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeveral screwdriver-style bits are included for compatible screwdriving work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect the correct driver profile and size to prevent slipping and damage to the screw head. Use a lower starting speed for better positioning and control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDriver-bit use may require the correct holder or adapter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAuger-Style Bit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA long spiral auger-style bit is included in the accessory set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis accessory may support suitable boring applications when installed through the correct adapter. Its diameter and recommended material are not specified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not market it specifically for soil, wood, ice or masonry unless the intended application is confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRatchet Handle and Hand-Tool Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA manual ratchet handle is included with the kit, along with multiple sockets and accessory pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ratchet can be used for controlled manual tightening and loosening where an impact wrench may not be appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHand tightening is useful for starting threads and completing delicate fastening work without applying excessive impact force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCharger Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA compatible charger is included for the battery system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCharge batteries in a dry, ventilated area away from direct sunlight, moisture and flammable materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly use the charger approved for the supplied batteries. Charging time and fast-charging capability should not be added without checking the charger label.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCarrying Case for Storage and Transport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA hard carrying case is included to organise the impact wrench, batteries, charger, sockets, bits and adapters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore storing the kit:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove loose dust and debris\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow warm batteries to cool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure sharp accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep sockets and bits in their assigned positions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore the case away from water and excessive heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe case makes the tool set easier to transport between garages, workshops and job locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT XTCIWK130 can be considered for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel-nut removal and fitting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomotive maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarage and tyre-shop work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy nut and bolt fastening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEquipment servicing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachinery maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshop assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction repair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible drilling tasks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScrewdriving applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral repair work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePortable maintenance jobs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual suitability depends on the accessory, fastener, material and battery condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSafety and Operating Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWear eye protection, gloves and suitable footwear while operating the impact wrench.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the machine, battery, socket, drill bit and adapter before use. Do not operate with loose, cracked, bent or heavily worn accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the battery before changing sockets, drill bits or adapters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the machine aligned with the fastener or drilling point. Avoid operating at an angle because this may damage the accessory or fastener.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e48V cordless operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e750Nm listed maximum torque\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e0‚Äì2700 RPM no-load speed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e3200 IPM impact frequency\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e12.5mm listed drill diameter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCordless impact-wrench design\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple removable batteries\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBattery charger included\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDeep sockets included\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple drill bits included\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDriver bits included\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuger-style bit included\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRatchet handle included\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAccessory adapters and holders\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHard carrying case\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for automotive fastening\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for workshop maintenance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompatible with drilling and driving accessories\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h1\u003e","brand":"XLNT","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42042424459319,"sku":"XTCIWK130","price":4299.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/XLNT-IMPACT-WRENCH-XTCIWK-130.jpg?v=1780030208"},{"product_id":"xlnt-zx7-welding-machine-250a-zx7-250-xlnt","title":"XLNT 250A MMA Inverter Welding Machine 220V ZX7-250","description":"\u003ch2\u003eXLNT ZX7-250 Inverter Welding Machine for Fabrication and Repair\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eXLNT ZX7-250 250A Digital Inverter MMA Arc Welding Machine\u003c\/strong\u003e is a portable welding unit designed for fabrication, repair, maintenance and workshop applications. Its compact body, integrated carrying handle and supplied three-metre welding cables make it suitable for users who need a movable MMA welding setup for regular metalwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine operates on an input voltage of \u003cstrong\u003e220V with ±15% tolerance\u003c\/strong\u003e and supports a frequency of \u003cstrong\u003e50\/60Hz\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its supplier-listed welding output range of \u003cstrong\u003e30-250A\u003c\/strong\u003e allows the operator to select a current setting according to the electrode, material thickness, joint design and welding requirement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA digital display and three front adjustment controls are visible on the machine. However, the precise function of each control should be confirmed from the operating manual before describing specific features such as hot start, arc force or current adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAdjustable 30-250A Welding Output\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT ZX7-250 has a supplier-listed output-current range of \u003cstrong\u003e30 to 250 amps\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis adjustable range allows the operator to select a welding current according to the material and electrode being used. Lower current settings may be appropriate for lighter repair work and thinner compatible metal, while higher settings may be required for suitable thicker sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe correct welding current depends on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElectrode diameter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElectrode type\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetal thickness\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJoint preparation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWelding position\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInput-voltage condition\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOperator technique\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExcessive current can cause heavy spatter, overheating and burn-through. Insufficient current may lead to electrode sticking, weak penetration and unstable arc performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier table does not state the supported electrode-diameter range. Avoid publishing specific electrode sizes until they are confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e60% Duty Cycle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image lists a \u003cstrong\u003e60% duty cycle\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDuty cycle describes the permitted welding time within a defined operating period under specified test conditions. It does not mean the machine can weld continuously without cooling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual welding and cooling periods can vary depending on the selected current, ambient temperature, ventilation and input-voltage conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the ventilation openings clear and allow the welding machine to cool whenever required. Do not promote it as an uninterrupted continuous-duty welder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e220V ±15% Wide Input Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT ZX7-250 operates on a listed input voltage of \u003cstrong\u003e220V ±15%\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis indicates tolerance for some variation around the rated 220V input. However, the machine should still be connected to a properly wired and protected electrical supply suitable for welding equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid undersized extension cables because they may cause voltage drop, cable heating and unstable welding performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier lists a rated input current of \u003cstrong\u003e28.6A\u003c\/strong\u003e. The power socket, wiring and protective device should be selected according to the official operating instructions and local electrical requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e59V No-Load Voltage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine has a supplier-listed no-load voltage of \u003cstrong\u003e59V\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo-load voltage is the voltage present at the welding output before an arc is established. Users should avoid touching exposed conductive parts while the machine is powered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electrode holder should be placed on an insulated surface when not in active use. Disconnect the machine before inspecting cables, connectors or internal parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRated Output Voltage of 28.8V\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier specification lists a rated output voltage of \u003cstrong\u003e28.8V\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis value relates to the welding output under rated operating conditions. Actual output can vary depending on the selected current, arc length, electrode and working conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not confuse rated output voltage with the 220V input supply or the 59V no-load voltage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e80% Supplier-Listed Efficiency\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT ZX7-250 has a supplier-listed efficiency rating of \u003cstrong\u003e80%\u003c\/strong\u003e and a power factor of \u003cstrong\u003e0.73\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese figures describe the machine‚Äôs electrical operating characteristics under specified conditions. They should be presented as supplier-listed values rather than independently verified performance claims.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier also lists a no-load loss of \u003cstrong\u003e40W\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eF-Class Insulation and IP21 Protection\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine has a supplier-listed \u003cstrong\u003eF insulation grade\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eIP21 housing-protection grade\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe IP21 rating indicates basic enclosure protection, but the machine should not be used in rain, standing water or wet environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the welder on a dry, stable and ventilated surface. Keep the casing and ventilation openings away from grinding dust, metal particles and moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThree-Metre Electrode Holder Cable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image confirms an electrode holder with a \u003cstrong\u003e3-metre cable\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electrode holder grips the welding electrode and carries welding current during operation. The cable should be fully extended where possible and inspected for damaged insulation, overheated terminals or loose connectors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electrode holder should never be placed directly on the welding machine, workpiece or another conductive surface while the machine is switched on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThree-Metre Earth Clamp Cable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003e3-metre earth-clamp cable\u003c\/strong\u003e is also included according to the supplier table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe earth clamp completes the welding circuit by connecting to the workpiece or a suitable clean metal surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor better electrical contact:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAttach the clamp to clean exposed metal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove thick paint, rust and dirt from the contact point\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the clamp jaws and cable terminal secure\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid loose or overheated connections\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePoor earth contact can result in difficult arc starting, unstable welding and unnecessary heat buildup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePortable Design with Integrated Handle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT ZX7-250 has a compact body with an integrated top carrying handle. Its supplier-listed net weight is \u003cstrong\u003e3.8kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it convenient to move between workshop, fabrication and maintenance locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSwitch off and unplug the machine before carrying it. Disconnect or secure the welding cables so they do not drag or catch while the unit is being moved.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSupplier-Listed Dimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier table lists the dimensions as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e570 √ó 320 √ó 360mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not convert or alter these measurements without checking whether they refer to the machine dimensions or packed-carton dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the actual machine is visibly smaller than these measurements, verify the specification from the physical carton before publishing it as product dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable Welding Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT ZX7-250 can be considered for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGeneral MMA electrode welding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetal fabrication\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorkshop repairs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGate and grill repair\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaintenance welding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn-site repair work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJoining compatible metal sections\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEquipment repair\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHome workshop applications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGeneral arc-welding jobs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual suitability depends on the electrode, metal type, material thickness, joint preparation and selected welding current.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWelding Safety Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse an approved welding helmet, welding gloves, protective clothing and suitable footwear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarry out welding in a properly ventilated area away from fuel, paint, paper, gas cylinders, wood dust and other flammable materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the power supply, electrode holder, earth clamp, cables and connectors before every use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNever touch exposed welding-output components while the machine is connected to electricity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDisconnect the machine before inspecting cables, cleaning the body or changing connections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e30‚Äì250A adjustable output-current range\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e220V ¬±15% input voltage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e50\/60Hz rated frequency\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e28.6A rated input current\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e59V no-load voltage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e28.8V rated output voltage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e60% duty cycle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e80% supplier-listed efficiency\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e0.73 power factor\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e40W no-load loss\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eF-class insulation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIP21 housing protection\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDigital display visible\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree front adjustment controls visible\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e3m electrode-holder cable\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e3m earth-clamp cable\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e3.8kg supplier-listed net weight\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntegrated carrying handle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePortable inverter welding-machine body\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for fabrication and repair welding\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"XLNT","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42042424524855,"sku":"ZX7 250 XLNT","price":3699.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/1-1.jpg?v=1780030213"},{"product_id":"xlnt-mma-welding-machine-mma200-jaria","title":"XLNT JARIA 200A MMA Arc Welding Machine MMA200J","description":"\u003ch2\u003eXLNT 200A MMA Welding Machine for Fabrication and Repair\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eXLNT JARIA MMA200J 200A MMA Arc Welding Machine\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact electrode-welding machine designed for fabrication, repair, maintenance and workshop applications. Its portable body, integrated carrying handle, and supplied welding accessories make it a practical choice for users who need an MMA welding setup that can be moved between different work locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image lists a welding current of \u003cstrong\u003e200 amps\u003c\/strong\u003e. The machine operates on a rated electrical supply of \u003cstrong\u003e220V at 50Hz\u003c\/strong\u003e and supports welding electrodes ranging from \u003cstrong\u003e1.6mm to 2.5mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe welding machine also uses \u003cstrong\u003e35-50 connectors\u003c\/strong\u003e for attaching compatible electrode-holder and earth-clamp cables. These specifications make it suitable for compatible arc-welding applications where the electrode size, material thickness and working conditions remain within the machine's confirmed capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSupplier-Listed 200A Welding Current\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image lists the machine current as \u003cstrong\u003e200A\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis should be presented as the supplier-listed current or product classification. The supplied information does not confirm the minimum current setting, the full adjustable-current range or independently tested continuous output.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid describing the machine as providing a guaranteed continuous real output of 200A unless an official technical datasheet or test certificate confirms it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe correct welding current should be selected according to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElectrode diameter\u003cbr\u003eElectrode type\u003cbr\u003eMaterial thickness\u003cbr\u003eJoint design\u003cbr\u003eWelding position\u003cbr\u003eSurface preparation\u003cbr\u003eOperator technique\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExcessive current may cause heavy spatter, overheating or burn-through. Insufficient current may cause electrode sticking, weak fusion or unstable arc performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSupports 1.6mm to 2.5mm Electrodes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT MMA200J supports supplier-listed electrode diameters from \u003cstrong\u003e1.6mm to 2.5mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmaller electrodes can be useful for lighter repair work and thinner compatible materials. A 2.5mm electrode may be considered for suitable general fabrication and repair applications when the correct welding current is selected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual electrode compatibility can vary depending on the electrode classification, material and working conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElectrodes larger than 2.5mm should not be advertised as supported unless the supplier confirms them separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e40% Duty Cycle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image lists a \u003cstrong\u003e40% duty cycle\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDuty cycle indicates the permitted welding time within a defined operating period under specified test conditions. It does not mean that the machine can weld without interruption throughout the full cycle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual welding and cooling requirements may vary according to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelected welding current\u003cbr\u003eElectrode diameter\u003cbr\u003eAmbient temperature\u003cbr\u003eInput voltage\u003cbr\u003eVentilation around the machine\u003cbr\u003eLength of the welding session\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not describe the XLNT MMA200J as suitable for uninterrupted continuous welding. Allow the machine to cool when required and keep all ventilation openings unobstructed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e220V 50Hz Electrical Operation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine operates on a rated voltage of \u003cstrong\u003e220V\u003c\/strong\u003e and a frequency of \u003cstrong\u003e50Hz\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore connecting the welder, ensure the electrical socket, plug, wiring and circuit protection are suitable for welding-equipment use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid operating the machine through an undersized extension cable. An unsuitable cable can cause voltage drop, cable heating and unstable welding performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image does not confirm the required input current, input wattage, recommended circuit-breaker size or plug rating. These details should be checked from the machine label or official manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e35‚Äì50 Welding Connectors\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image confirms \u003cstrong\u003e35‚Äì50 welding connectors\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese front connectors are used for attaching the electrode-holder and earth-clamp leads. Any replacement cable plugs should match the machine‚Äôs connector specification and polarity arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe connectors should be inserted fully and tightened securely. Loose or dirty connections may create resistance, unstable arc performance and unwanted heat buildup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eElectrode Holder and Earth Clamp\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn electrode holder and earth clamp are shown with the XLNT MMA200J.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electrode holder grips the welding electrode and carries welding current during operation. The earth clamp completes the welding circuit by connecting to the workpiece or a suitable clean metal surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor reliable welding contact:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAttach the earth clamp to clean exposed metal\u003cbr\u003eRemove heavy paint, rust and dirt from the contact point\u003cbr\u003eKeep cable terminals securely connected\u003cbr\u003eReplace cables with damaged insulation\u003cbr\u003eAvoid loose or overheated connectors\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePoor earth contact can cause unstable arc performance, excessive heat and difficulty starting the weld.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSupplier-Listed 1.5-Metre Wire\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image includes the wording:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower: 1.5M Wire\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis appears to describe a 1.5-metre cable or wire, but the exact cable type is not identified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUntil confirmed, publish it as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier-Listed Cable Length: 1.5 metres ‚Äî exact cable type requires confirmation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not specifically label it as a power cable, holder cable or earth cable without verification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWelding Mask and Cleaning Brush\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image shows a handheld welding mask and cleaning brush with the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe welding mask helps shield the user‚Äôs eyes and face from arc light and sparks. For regular welding, an approved welding helmet may offer better protection and allow the operator to keep both hands available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe brush can be used for suitable weld-area cleaning and removing loose slag or residue after the welded metal has cooled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe brush should not be used on hot metal immediately after welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePortable Welding Machine with Carrying Handle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT MMA200J has a compact body with an integrated top carrying handle. This makes it easier to move between workshop, fabrication, maintenance and repair locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the welding machine on a dry, firm and stable surface during operation. Keep the ventilation areas clear of grinding dust, metallic particles, cloth and other obstructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not position the machine directly on wet flooring or in areas where water can enter the casing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable Welding Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT JARIA MMA200J can be considered for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGeneral MMA electrode welding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetal fabrication work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorkshop repairs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGate and grill repair\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaintenance welding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn-site repair work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJoining compatible metal sections\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEquipment repair\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHome workshop projects\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGeneral arc-welding applications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual suitability depends on the electrode type, metal, material thickness, joint preparation and selected welding current.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWelding Safety Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse an approved welding helmet or properly rated welding mask, welding gloves, protective clothing and suitable footwear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarry out welding in a well-ventilated area away from fuel, paint, paper, wood dust, gas cylinders and other flammable materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the power connection, welding cables, holder, earth clamp and connectors before every use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNever touch exposed conductive components while the machine is connected to electricity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDisconnect the machine from the electrical supply before inspecting cables, cleaning the unit or changing connections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e200A supplier-listed welding current\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e220V rated voltage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e50Hz rated frequency\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e40% duty cycle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1.6‚Äì2.5mm supported electrode diameter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e35‚Äì50 welding connectors\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupplier-listed 1.5m wire\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElectrode holder shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEarth clamp shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandheld welding mask shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCleaning brush shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePortable compact body\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntegrated top carrying handle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorded electric operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for fabrication and repair welding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for workshop and maintenance jobs\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"XLNT","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42042424557623,"sku":"MMA200 JARIA","price":4699.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/COVER-IMAGE-1.jpg?v=1780030218"},{"product_id":"xlnt-mma-welding-machine-250a-mma250-ana","title":"XLNT ANA 250A MMA Arc Welding Machine, 220V MMA250A","description":"\u003ch2\u003eXLNT 250A MMA Welding Machine for Fabrication and Repair\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eXLNT ANA MMA250A 250A MMA Arc Welding Machine\u003c\/strong\u003e is a portable electrode-welding machine designed for fabrication, repair, maintenance and workshop applications. Its compact body, integrated top handle and supplied welding accessories make it a practical choice for users who need a complete MMA welding setup that can be moved between different working locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image lists a welding current of \u003cstrong\u003e250 amps\u003c\/strong\u003e. The machine operates on a rated electrical supply of \u003cstrong\u003e220V at 50Hz\u003c\/strong\u003e and supports welding electrodes ranging from \u003cstrong\u003e1.6mm to 3.2mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine also uses \u003cstrong\u003e35-50 welding connectors\u003c\/strong\u003e for attaching the electrode-holder and earth-clamp cables. These specifications make the XLNT MMA250A suitable for compatible arc-welding jobs where the selected electrode, metal thickness and working conditions remain within the machine's confirmed capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e250A Supplier-Listed Welding Current\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image lists the welding current as \u003cstrong\u003e250A\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis figure should be presented as the supplier-listed maximum current or product classification. The supplied information does not provide a tested output curve, minimum current setting or detailed adjustable current range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid claiming that the machine delivers a continuous real output of 250A unless an official test certificate or technical datasheet confirms it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe correct welding current should be selected according to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElectrode diameter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElectrode type\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetal thickness\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJoint design\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWelding position\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial condition\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOperator technique\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExcessive current may cause burn-through, heavy spatter or electrode overheating. Insufficient current may cause sticking and poor penetration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSupports 1.6mm to 3.2mm Electrodes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT MMA250A supports supplier-listed electrode sizes from \u003cstrong\u003e1.6mm to 3.2mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmaller electrodes can be useful for thinner materials and lighter repair work, while larger electrodes generally require higher current and may be used for thicker compatible metal sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual electrode compatibility can vary depending on the electrode classification, material and required welding current. Users should follow the electrode manufacturer's recommendations and stay within the machine's confirmed operating capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElectrodes larger than 3.2mm should not be advertised as supported unless the supplier confirms them separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e40% Duty Cycle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image lists a \u003cstrong\u003e40% duty cycle\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDuty cycle represents the permitted welding time within a defined operating period under specified test conditions. It does not mean that the machine can weld continuously without cooling breaks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual welding and cooling time can vary depending on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelected current\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElectrode size\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAmbient temperature\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVentilation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInput voltage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLength of the welding session\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine should be allowed to cool when required. Do not cover the ventilation openings or position the machine where airflow is restricted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT MMA250A should not be marketed for uninterrupted continuous operation because the supplier specifies a 40% duty cycle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e220V 50Hz Electrical Operation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine operates on a rated voltage of \u003cstrong\u003e220V\u003c\/strong\u003e with a frequency of \u003cstrong\u003e50Hz\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore connecting the welding machine, ensure that the electrical socket, wiring, plug and circuit protection are suitable for welding equipment use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid operating the machine through an undersized extension cable. An unsuitable extension cable may cause voltage drop, overheating and unstable welding performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image does not state the required input current, plug rating or recommended circuit-breaker size. These details should be obtained from the machine label or official manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e35-50 Welding Connectors\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image confirms \u003cstrong\u003e35‚Äì50 connectors\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese front connectors are used to attach the electrode-holder and earth-clamp cables. When replacing cables or connector plugs, ensure that the components match the 35-50 connector specification and the machine's polarity arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe connectors should be inserted fully and tightened securely. Loose connections may create resistance, unstable arc performance and excessive heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the connector surfaces regularly and keep them free from rust, dust and welding residue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eElectrode Holder and Earth Clamp\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn electrode holder and earth clamp are shown with the XLNT MMA250A.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electrode holder grips the welding electrode and carries welding current during operation. The earth clamp completes the welding circuit by connecting securely to the workpiece or an appropriate clean metal surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor better welding contact:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAttach the earth clamp to clean metal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove heavy paint, rust and dirt from the contact area\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep cable terminals securely connected\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReplace damaged insulation or overheated connectors\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not place the earth clamp on loose, painted or heavily rusted surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSupplier-Listed 1.8-Metre Wire\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image includes the wording:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower: 1.8M Wire\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis appears to indicate a cable or wire length of 1.8 metres. However, it does not identify which cable the measurement applies to.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUntil confirmed, list it as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier-Listed Cable Length: 1.8 metres exact cable type requires confirmation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not publish it specifically as a power cable, electrode-holder cable or earth cable without verification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWelding Mask and Cleaning Brush\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image shows a basic handheld welding mask and a cleaning brush with the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe handheld mask helps protect the eyes and face from welding-arc light and sparks. For regular welding, a properly rated welding helmet that allows both hands to remain available may provide better convenience and coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe brush can be used to clean the welding area and remove loose slag or residue after the welded metal has cooled sufficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways wear appropriate personal protective equipment even when a basic mask is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePortable Iron-Case Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT MMA250A has a compact body with an integrated top carrying handle. Its protective outer construction helps make the machine suitable for movement between workshop, fabrication and repair locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine should be positioned on a dry, firm and stable surface. Keep the front and side ventilation areas clear during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not place the welding machine directly in grinding dust, water, wet flooring or areas where metallic particles may enter the ventilation openings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable Welding Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT ANA MMA250A can be considered for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGeneral MMA electrode welding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetal fabrication work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorkshop repairs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGate and grill repair\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaintenance welding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn-site repair work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJoining compatible mild-steel sections\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEquipment repair\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHome workshop projects\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGeneral arc-welding applications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual suitability depends on the metal type, electrode, joint preparation, material thickness and selected welding current.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWelding Safety Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse an approved welding helmet or properly rated welding mask, welding gloves, protective clothing and suitable footwear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWork in a well-ventilated location away from fuel, paint, gas cylinders, paper, sawdust and other flammable materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the power cable, welding leads, electrode holder, earth clamp and connectors before each use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNever touch exposed conductive parts while the machine is connected to electricity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDisconnect the machine from power before inspecting cables, changing connections or cleaning the unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e250A supplier-listed welding current\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e220V rated voltage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e50Hz rated frequency\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e40% duty cycle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1.6-3.2mm supported electrode diameter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e35‚Äì50 welding connectors\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupplier-listed 1.8m wire\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElectrode holder shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEarth clamp shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandheld welding mask shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCleaning brush shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompact portable body\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntegrated top carrying handle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorded electric operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for fabrication and repair welding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for workshop and maintenance jobs\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"XLNT","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42042424590391,"sku":"MMA250 ANA","price":5599.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/mma.jpg?v=1780030224"},{"product_id":"xlnt-mma-white-welding-machine-mma300-jaria","title":"XLNT ANA 300A MMA Inverter Welding Machine MMA300A","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eXLNT MMA300A Inverter Welding Machine for Fabrication and Repair\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eXLNT ANA MMA300A Inverter Welding Machine\u003c\/strong\u003e is a portable MMA arc welder designed for fabrication, repair, workshop and maintenance applications. Its compact iron-case construction, integrated carrying handle and supplied welding accessories make it a practical option for users who need a complete electrode-welding setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine operates on a rated voltage range of \u003cstrong\u003e220V to 240V\u003c\/strong\u003e with a listed frequency of \u003cstrong\u003e50\/60Hz\u003c\/strong\u003e. This electrical specification makes it suitable for compatible single-phase power supplies within the stated voltage range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image identifies the product as \u003cstrong\u003eMMA300A\u003c\/strong\u003e. This should be treated as the machine‚Äôs product or output classification. However, the exact adjustable welding-current range and tested real output are not provided in the supplier information and should not be invented.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e60% Duty Cycle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT MMA300A has a supplier-listed \u003cstrong\u003e60% duty cycle\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDuty cycle indicates that the machine is not intended to weld without interruption for the entire operating cycle at the relevant rated conditions. Welding time and required cooling time can vary depending on the selected current, ambient temperature, electrode size and official testing standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid describing the machine as suitable for uninterrupted continuous operation. Follow the operating guidance in the supplied manual and allow the machine to cool when required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e1 PCB and 1 IGBT Electronic Configuration\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image lists the electronic configuration as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 PCB + 1 IGBT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIGBT-based inverter construction is commonly used to create a compact welding machine body and electronically control welding output. The exact IGBT rating, PCB design and protective functions are not provided.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not add unsupported claims such as multiple IGBT modules, advanced digital control, anti-stick, hot start, arc force adjustment or overheat protection unless these features are confirmed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSupports 1.6mm to 2.5mm Electrodes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier information lists an electrode diameter range of:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1.6mm to 2.5mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe correct electrode size should be selected according to the material, joint type, thickness and required welding current.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers should ensure that the selected electrode falls within the confirmed supported range and that the welding current is set appropriately. Actual electrode performance can vary according to electrode type and operating conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"\"\u003e35‚Äì50 Welding Connectors\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe welding machine has supplier-listed \u003cstrong\u003e35‚Äì50 connectors\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese front connectors are used for attaching the electrode-holder and earth-clamp cables. Before purchasing replacement cables or connectors, users should confirm compatibility with the machine‚Äôs connector size and polarity arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe connectors and cable terminals should be kept clean and firmly attached to reduce heat buildup and unstable welding contact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eElectrode Holder and Earth Clamp Cables\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image lists:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eElectrode Holder Cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5 metres, marked 12MM\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEarth Clamp Cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5 metres, marked 12MM\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electrode holder grips the welding electrode during operation. The earth clamp connects the welding circuit to the workpiece or suitable metal surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth connections should be fitted securely before welding begins. Loose or dirty connections can affect arc stability and may generate unnecessary heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier material does not clarify whether ‚Äú12MM‚Äù refers to cable cross-section, cable diameter or another measurement. Keep the wording exactly as supplier-marked until clarified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e1.8-Metre Power Cable with Euro Plug\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT MMA300A includes a supplier-listed \u003cstrong\u003e1.8-metre power cable with Euro plug\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe welding machine should be connected only to an electrical supply suitable for its 220‚Äì240V input. The socket, wiring, plug and circuit protection must be capable of supporting the machine‚Äôs electrical load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid using undersized extension cables. An unsuitable cable can cause voltage drop, overheating and reduced welding performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIron Case with Protective Plastic Sections\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier describes the body as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlack plastic and iron case\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine shown has an iron-body enclosure with protective plastic sections around the front, corners and controls. This construction also includes an integrated top handle for carrying and repositioning the unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe welding machine should be placed on a dry, stable and well-ventilated surface. Keep the ventilation openings clear of metal dust, grinding particles and other obstructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompact Machine Dimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier-listed dimensions are:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e35.5 √ó 16.5 √ó 28cm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts compact dimensions and integrated handle make the XLNT MMA300A easier to move between workshop, fabrication and repair locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow sufficient clearance around the ventilation openings during operation. Do not cover the machine or place it against a wall where airflow may be restricted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Welding Accessory Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image shows the main accessories required for basic MMA welding:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElectrode holder with cable\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEarth clamp with cable\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandheld welding mask\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCleaning brush\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePower cable\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUser manual\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mask helps protect the user‚Äôs eyes and face from welding arc light and sparks. The brush can be used for cleaning suitable weld areas and removing loose residue after the welded metal has cooled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways use suitable personal protective equipment even when a basic handheld mask is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT ANA MMA300A can be considered for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGeneral MMA electrode welding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetal fabrication work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorkshop repairs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaintenance welding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGate and grill repair\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn-site repair applications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJoining compatible metal sections\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEquipment maintenance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHome workshop projects\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGeneral arc-welding work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual suitability depends on the electrode selected, material type, material thickness and confirmed welding-current range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWelding Safety Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse a proper welding helmet or approved welding mask, welding gloves, protective clothing and suitable footwear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWelding should only be carried out in a properly ventilated area away from fuel, gas cylinders, paint, paper, wood dust and other flammable materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the power cable, electrode holder, earth clamp, welding cables and connectors before every use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNever touch exposed conductive parts while the machine is connected to power. Disconnect the machine before inspecting or changing connections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMMA300A product classification\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e220‚Äì240V rated voltage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e50\/60Hz rated frequency\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e60% duty cycle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 PCB + 1 IGBT supplier-listed configuration\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1.6‚Äì2.5mm supported electrode diameter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e35‚Äì50 connector size\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1.5m electrode-holder cable\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1.5m earth-clamp cable\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1.8m power cable with Euro plug\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIron case with protective plastic sections\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntegrated carrying handle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompact 35.5 √ó 16.5 √ó 28cm dimensions\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWelding mask included\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCleaning brush included\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUser manual included\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for fabrication, repair and workshop welding\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"XLNT","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42042424623159,"sku":"MMA300 ANA","price":6699.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/generated-image-1.jpg?v=1780030225"},{"product_id":"xlnt-mig-mma-tig-welding-machine-160a-mig-mma-tig160a","title":"XLNT MIG\/MMA Inverter Welding MIG\/MMA\/TIG160A","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eXLNT MIG\/MMA Inverter Welding Machine for Fabrication and Repair\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eXLNT MIG\/MMA Inverter Welding Machine\u003c\/strong\u003e is a portable multi-process welding unit designed for fabrication, repair, maintenance and workshop applications. It combines a built-in MIG torch with MMA electrode-welding connections, allowing users to select a suitable welding method according to the metal, joint and work requirement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine operates on a listed electrical supply of \u003cstrong\u003e220V\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its compact body, integrated carrying handle, front digital display and adjustable controls make it practical for workshop use, portable repairs and general metal-fabrication work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product supports \u003cstrong\u003e0.8mm welding wire\u003c\/strong\u003e for MIG operation and includes an electrode holder and earth clamp for compatible MMA welding. A welding mask and cleaning brush are also provided for basic welding and post-weld cleaning tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMIG Wire-Welding Operation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe built-in MIG torch allows compatible wire-welding work using \u003cstrong\u003e0.8mm welding wire\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe torch feeds welding wire toward the workpiece while carrying the welding output needed to establish the arc. Before operating the MIG function, check that:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe correct wire type is installed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe wire moves smoothly through the feed system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe contact tip matches the 0.8mm wire.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe torch cable is not sharply bent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe earth clamp has clean metal contact.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe welding controls are set appropriately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe available information does not confirm whether the machine is designed exclusively for gasless flux-cored wire or also supports gas-assisted MIG welding. Confirm the required wire and shielding arrangement before final publication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt-In 2-Metre MIG Torch\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine includes a listed \u003cstrong\u003e2-metre built-in MIG torch\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe built-in arrangement keeps the torch connected directly to the welding machine. The two-metre length provides useful working reach for suitable fabrication and repair tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore welding, inspect the torch trigger, cable, contact tip, nozzle and wire-feed path. Do not use the torch if the cable is cut, overheated, crushed or severely bent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe torch should be placed safely when not in use, away from hot material and live conductive surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e0.8mm Welding-Wire Support\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe welding machine supports a listed wire diameter of \u003cstrong\u003e0.8mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe correct wire must be selected according to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWelding process\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetal type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial thickness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJoint design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShielding method\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired penetration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachine polarity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore welding wire in a dry place. Rusted or contaminated wire may feed poorly and can affect arc stability and weld quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe maximum supported spool size or weight is not confirmed and should be checked from the internal spool compartment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMMA Electrode-Welding Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine also includes an electrode holder and earth clamp for compatible MMA or stick-welding applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMMA welding may be useful for repair, maintenance and fabrication work where electrode welding is preferred. The supported electrode-diameter range is not provided and should not be added until verified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe correct electrode should be selected according to the metal, joint, material thickness and welding position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e1.8-Metre Electrode Holder\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electrode holder has a listed cable length of \u003cstrong\u003e1.8 metres\u003c\/strong\u003e and is marked \u003cstrong\u003e200A\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe holder grips the welding electrode and carries welding current during operation. The electrode should be inserted securely before the arc is started.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the holder regularly for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged insulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoose jaws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBurn marks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcessive heating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoose cable connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the holder on an insulated surface whenever welding is paused.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e1.2-Metre Earth Clamp\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe earth clamp has a listed cable length of \u003cstrong\u003e1.2 metres\u003c\/strong\u003e and is marked \u003cstrong\u003e300A\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe clamp completes the welding circuit by connecting to clean exposed metal. Paint, rust, oil and dirt should be removed from the contact area to improve electrical connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePoor earth contact may cause:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDifficult arc starting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnstable welding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcessive heating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInconsistent wire feeding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePoor weld penetration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAttach the clamp close to the welding area whenever practical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e220V Electrical Operation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe welding machine operates on a listed voltage of \u003cstrong\u003e220V\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConnect it only to a properly wired electrical supply suitable for welding equipment. The socket, wiring, plug and circuit protection must be capable of handling the machine‚Äôs electrical demand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid using an undersized extension cable. Voltage drop may reduce welding performance and cause cable heating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rated input current, input power, recommended circuit breaker and power-plug specification are not provided.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDigital Display and Adjustment Controls\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA digital display and two adjustment controls are visible on the front panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese controls may manage welding current, voltage or wire-feed behaviour depending on the selected process. The exact function of each control should be checked from the operating manual before adding individual control names to the website.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid advertising synergic control, hot start, arc force or anti-stick functions without verification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePortable Iron-Case Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine has a compact enclosed body with protective outer sections and an integrated carrying handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe listed dimensions are approximately:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e420 √ó 160 √ó 310mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the welding machine on a dry, stable and ventilated surface. Keep ventilation openings clear of cloth, grinding dust, metallic particles and other obstructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSwitch off and disconnect the machine before carrying it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWelding Mask and Cleaning Brush\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA handheld welding mask is included for basic protection from welding light and sparks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor regular welding, use an approved welding helmet with a suitable shade rating. A helmet allows both hands to remain available while providing better face and eye coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cleaning brush can be used for suitable weld preparation and for removing loose residue after the welded material has cooled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT inverter welding machine can be considered for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMIG wire welding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMMA electrode welding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetal fabrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGate and grill repair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshop repairs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSheet-metal work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEquipment maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral metal joining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePortable repair applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome-workshop welding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable mild-steel work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTIG welding should only be added to the application list after confirming the TIG process, compatible torch and required accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWelding Safety Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse an approved welding helmet, welding gloves, protective clothing and suitable footwear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOperate the machine in a properly ventilated area away from:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSawdust\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGas cylinders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSolvents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlammable chemicals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther combustible materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the power connection, MIG torch, electrode holder, earth clamp and cables before every use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDisconnect the machine before changing the wire spool, cleaning the feed system or inspecting internal parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e220V corded electric operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMIG wire-welding capability\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMMA electrode-welding setup\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e0.8mm welding-wire support\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt-in 2m MIG torch\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1.8m electrode-holder cable\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElectrode holder marked 200A\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1.2m earth-clamp cable\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEarth clamp marked 300A\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCables marked 16MM\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDigital front display\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDual adjustment controls\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntegrated carrying handle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompact inverter-machine construction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e420 √ó 160 √ó 310mm listed dimensions\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandheld welding mask included\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCleaning brush included\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for fabrication and repair work\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eXLNT MIG\/MMA Inverter Welding Machine for Fabrication and Repair\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eXLNT MIG\/MMA Inverter Welding Machine\u003c\/strong\u003e is a portable multi-process welding unit designed for fabrication, repair, maintenance and workshop applications. It combines a built-in MIG torch with MMA electrode-welding connections, allowing users to select a suitable welding method according to the metal, joint and work requirement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine operates on a listed electrical supply of \u003cstrong\u003e220V\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its compact body, integrated carrying handle, front digital display and adjustable controls make it practical for workshop use, portable repairs and general metal-fabrication work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product supports \u003cstrong\u003e0.8mm welding wire\u003c\/strong\u003e for MIG operation and includes an electrode holder and earth clamp for compatible MMA welding. A welding mask and cleaning brush are also provided for basic welding and post-weld cleaning tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMIG Wire-Welding Operation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe built-in MIG torch allows compatible wire-welding work using \u003cstrong\u003e0.8mm welding wire\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe torch feeds welding wire toward the workpiece while carrying the welding output needed to establish the arc. Before operating the MIG function, check that:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe correct wire type is installed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe wire moves smoothly through the feed system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe contact tip matches the 0.8mm wire.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe torch cable is not sharply bent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe earth clamp has clean metal contact.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe welding controls are set appropriately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe available information does not confirm whether the machine is designed exclusively for gasless flux-cored wire or also supports gas-assisted MIG welding. Confirm the required wire and shielding arrangement before final publication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt-In 2-Metre MIG Torch\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine includes a listed \u003cstrong\u003e2-metre built-in MIG torch\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe built-in arrangement keeps the torch connected directly to the welding machine. The two-metre length provides useful working reach for suitable fabrication and repair tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore welding, inspect the torch trigger, cable, contact tip, nozzle and wire-feed path. Do not use the torch if the cable is cut, overheated, crushed or severely bent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe torch should be placed safely when not in use, away from hot material and live conductive surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e0.8mm Welding-Wire Support\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe welding machine supports a listed wire diameter of \u003cstrong\u003e0.8mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe correct wire must be selected according to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWelding process\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetal type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial thickness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJoint design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShielding method\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired penetration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachine polarity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore welding wire in a dry place. Rusted or contaminated wire may feed poorly and can affect arc stability and weld quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe maximum supported spool size or weight is not confirmed and should be checked from the internal spool compartment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMMA Electrode-Welding Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine also includes an electrode holder and earth clamp for compatible MMA or stick-welding applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMMA welding may be useful for repair, maintenance and fabrication work where electrode welding is preferred. The supported electrode-diameter range is not provided and should not be added until verified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe correct electrode should be selected according to the metal, joint, material thickness and welding position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e1.8-Metre Electrode Holder\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electrode holder has a listed cable length of \u003cstrong\u003e1.8 metres\u003c\/strong\u003e and is marked \u003cstrong\u003e200A\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe holder grips the welding electrode and carries welding current during operation. The electrode should be inserted securely before the arc is started.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the holder regularly for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged insulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoose jaws\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBurn marks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcessive heating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoose cable connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the holder on an insulated surface whenever welding is paused.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e1.2-Metre Earth Clamp\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe earth clamp has a listed cable length of \u003cstrong\u003e1.2 metres\u003c\/strong\u003e and is marked \u003cstrong\u003e300A\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe clamp completes the welding circuit by connecting to clean exposed metal. Paint, rust, oil and dirt should be removed from the contact area to improve electrical connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePoor earth contact may cause:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDifficult arc starting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnstable welding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcessive heating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInconsistent wire feeding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePoor weld penetration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAttach the clamp close to the welding area whenever practical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e220V Electrical Operation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe welding machine operates on a listed voltage of \u003cstrong\u003e220V\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConnect it only to a properly wired electrical supply suitable for welding equipment. The socket, wiring, plug and circuit protection must be capable of handling the machine‚Äôs electrical demand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid using an undersized extension cable. Voltage drop may reduce welding performance and cause cable heating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rated input current, input power, recommended circuit breaker and power-plug specification are not provided.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDigital Display and Adjustment Controls\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA digital display and two adjustment controls are visible on the front panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese controls may manage welding current, voltage or wire-feed behaviour depending on the selected process. The exact function of each control should be checked from the operating manual before adding individual control names to the website.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid advertising synergic control, hot start, arc force or anti-stick functions without verification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePortable Iron-Case Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine has a compact enclosed body with protective outer sections and an integrated carrying handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe listed dimensions are approximately:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e420 √ó 160 √ó 310mm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the welding machine on a dry, stable and ventilated surface. Keep ventilation openings clear of cloth, grinding dust, metallic particles and other obstructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSwitch off and disconnect the machine before carrying it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWelding Mask and Cleaning Brush\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA handheld welding mask is included for basic protection from welding light and sparks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor regular welding, use an approved welding helmet with a suitable shade rating. A helmet allows both hands to remain available while providing better face and eye coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cleaning brush can be used for suitable weld preparation and for removing loose residue after the welded material has cooled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT inverter welding machine can be considered for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMIG wire welding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMMA electrode welding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetal fabrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGate and grill repair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshop repairs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSheet-metal work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEquipment maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral metal joining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePortable repair applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome-workshop welding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable mild-steel work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTIG welding should only be added to the application list after confirming the TIG process, compatible torch and required accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWelding Safety Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse an approved welding helmet, welding gloves, protective clothing and suitable footwear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOperate the machine in a properly ventilated area away from:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSawdust\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGas cylinders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSolvents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlammable chemicals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther combustible materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the power connection, MIG torch, electrode holder, earth clamp and cables before every use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDisconnect the machine before changing the wire spool, cleaning the feed system or inspecting internal parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e220V corded electric operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMIG wire-welding capability\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMMA electrode-welding setup\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e0.8mm welding-wire support\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt-in 2m MIG torch\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1.8m electrode-holder cable\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElectrode holder marked 200A\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1.2m earth-clamp cable\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEarth clamp marked 300A\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCables marked 16MM\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDigital front display\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDual adjustment controls\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntegrated carrying handle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompact inverter-machine construction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e420 √ó 160 √ó 310mm listed dimensions\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandheld welding mask included\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCleaning brush included\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for fabrication and repair work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\u003chr\u003e","brand":"XLNT","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42042424655927,"sku":"MIG\/MMA\/TIG160A","price":6199.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/COVER-IMAGE-5.jpg?v=1780030230"},{"product_id":"xlnt-mig-welding-machine-200a-gasless-mig-200-gasless","title":"XLNT Gasless MIG \u0026 MMA Welding Machine MIG200J","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eXLNT MIG200J Gasless MIG and MMA Welding Machine\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eXLNT JARIA MIG200J Gasless MIG and MMA Inverter Welding Machine\u003c\/strong\u003e is a portable dual-process welder designed for fabrication, repair, maintenance and workshop applications. It combines gasless wire welding with MMA electrode welding, allowing users to choose a suitable process according to the material, joint and job requirement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine operates on a rated voltage range of \u003cstrong\u003e220‚Äì240V\u003c\/strong\u003e with a frequency of \u003cstrong\u003e50\/60Hz\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its compact iron-case body, integrated carrying handle and front digital control panel make it practical for workshop, garage and portable repair work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MIG200J supports \u003cstrong\u003e0.8mm welding wire\u003c\/strong\u003e for gasless MIG operation and \u003cstrong\u003e1.6‚Äì2.5mm electrodes\u003c\/strong\u003e for MMA welding. A MIG torch, electrode holder, earth clamp, handheld welding mask, cleaning brush and user manual are included in the product configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGasless MIG Welding Operation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT MIG200J is designed for gasless MIG welding using compatible \u003cstrong\u003e0.8mm welding wire\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGasless wire welding does not require a separate shielding-gas cylinder when the correct self-shielding welding wire is used. This can make the machine convenient for portable repair work, small workshops and locations where arranging a gas cylinder may be difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore welding:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm that the wire is suitable for gasless welding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstall the wire in the correct direction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the feed path\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure the contact tip matches the wire diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnect the earth clamp securely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest the wire feed before beginning the weld\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exact supported wire-spool weight and wire-feed speed range are not specified and should not be added without confirmation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMMA Electrode Welding Capability\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine also supports MMA or stick welding using compatible electrodes from \u003cstrong\u003e1.6mm to 2.5mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMMA welding can be useful for repair, maintenance and fabrication jobs where an electrode-based process is preferred. The electrode holder and earth clamp connect through the machine‚Äôs front welding connectors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe correct electrode should be selected according to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial thickness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJoint design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWelding position\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired penetration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSurface condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWelding-current requirement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElectrodes larger than 2.5mm should not be advertised as supported unless separately confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e0.8mm Welding-Wire Support\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MIG200J supports a listed wire diameter of \u003cstrong\u003e0.8mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse welding wire that is compatible with gasless operation and the machine‚Äôs wire-feed system. The wire should move smoothly through the feed mechanism, MIG torch liner and contact tip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePoor feeding can result from:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncorrect roller tension\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTangled wire\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged torch liner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncorrect contact-tip size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRusted or contaminated wire\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcessively tight spool tension\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSharp bends in the torch cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore welding wire in a dry location to reduce corrosion and feeding problems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSupports 1.6‚Äì2.5mm Electrodes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe listed electrode range is \u003cstrong\u003e1.6‚Äì2.5mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmaller electrodes can be used for suitable lighter repair work and thinner compatible materials. A 2.5mm electrode may be used for compatible fabrication and maintenance jobs when the machine is adjusted correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual welding suitability depends on the electrode classification, current setting, metal thickness and joint preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e60% Duty Cycle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT MIG200J has a listed \u003cstrong\u003e60% duty cycle\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDuty cycle describes the permitted welding time within a defined operating period under specified conditions. It does not mean that the machine can weld continuously without cooling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual welding and cooling periods can vary according to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWelding process\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelected output\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWire or electrode size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVentilation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInput-voltage stability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLength of each welding session\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the ventilation openings clear and allow the machine to cool when required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e220‚Äì240V Electrical Operation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine operates on a rated input voltage range of \u003cstrong\u003e220‚Äì240V\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConnect the welder only to an electrical supply, socket and wiring system suitable for welding-equipment use. Circuit protection should meet the machine‚Äôs electrical requirements and local installation standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid using an undersized extension cable. Voltage drop can cause:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnstable arc performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeak wire feeding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduced welding output\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCable heating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachine overheating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDifficult arc starting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exact rated input current and recommended circuit-breaker size are not specified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e50\/60Hz Frequency Compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MIG200J supports a rated frequency of \u003cstrong\u003e50\/60Hz\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine should still be operated only within the confirmed 220‚Äì240V input range and with a suitable electrical connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the power cable and Euro plug before every use. Do not operate with damaged insulation, loose plug pins or exposed wires.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e1 PCB and 1 IGBT Configuration\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe technical configuration is listed as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 PCB + 1 IGBT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe IGBT inverter system electronically controls the welding process while allowing the machine to maintain a more compact body than many traditional transformer welders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exact IGBT rating, PCB design and protective features are not specified. Avoid adding claims about advanced protection, multiple IGBT modules or automatic voltage compensation without confirmation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e35‚Äì50 Welding Connectors\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine uses \u003cstrong\u003e35‚Äì50 welding connectors\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese connectors are used for attaching the electrode-holder and earth-clamp cables during MMA welding. Replacement cables and connector plugs should match the machine‚Äôs 35‚Äì50 connector specification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore welding:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsert the connector fully\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRotate or lock it securely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the polarity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the cable terminal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove dust or oxidation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid loose connections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLoose connectors can create electrical resistance, unstable welding and unwanted heat buildup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMIG Torch for Gasless Wire Welding\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA MIG torch is attached to the machine for wire-welding operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe torch directs the welding wire toward the workpiece and carries the electrical output required to establish the welding arc.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the following before use:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTorch trigger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCable condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContact tip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNozzle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWire liner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTorch connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWire movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exact torch length and replacement-consumable specifications are not provided.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e1.5-Metre Electrode-Holder Cable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product includes an electrode holder with a listed \u003cstrong\u003e1.5-metre cable\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe technical sheet also marks the cable as \u003cstrong\u003e12MM\u003c\/strong\u003e, but it does not clarify whether this refers to conductor size, outer diameter or another measurement. Keep the wording unchanged unless the cable specification is confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electrode holder should grip the electrode securely. Replace it if the insulation is damaged, the jaws are loose or the holder becomes excessively hot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e1.5-Metre Earth-Clamp Cable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn earth clamp with a \u003cstrong\u003e1.5-metre cable\u003c\/strong\u003e is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe earth clamp completes the welding circuit and should be attached to clean, exposed metal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor better contact:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove paint and heavy rust\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttach the clamp close to the welding area\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the jaws clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck cable insulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTighten the connector\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid loose or overheated terminals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePoor earth contact can lead to difficult arc starting and inconsistent welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTwo-Metre Power Cable with Euro Plug\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine includes a listed \u003cstrong\u003e2-metre power cable with Euro plug\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe plug should be connected to a suitable socket and electrical circuit. Avoid modifying the plug or using unsafe adapters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the power cable away from:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWelding sparks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHot metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSharp edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStanding water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMoving machinery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrinding discs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBlack Plastic and Iron-Case Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MIG200J uses an iron-case body with protective black plastic sections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe outer construction includes ventilation openings and an integrated carrying handle. Keep the ventilation areas clear of dust, cloth and metal particles during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine should be placed on a dry, stable and level surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompact Machine Dimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe listed dimensions are:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e35.5 √ó 16.5 √ó 28cm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe compact body makes the welder suitable for storage in smaller workshops and for transport between repair locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLeave enough open space around the machine for airflow. Do not cover it while welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDigital Front Control Panel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA digital display and multiple control knobs are visible on the front panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese controls may be used to manage welding output and wire-feed behaviour according to the selected welding process. The precise function of each control should be checked from the operating manual before adding individual control names to the website.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHandheld Welding Mask\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA basic handheld welding mask is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mask provides basic protection from welding-arc light and sparks. For regular welding, an approved welding helmet that allows both hands to remain available may offer better coverage and convenience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNever look directly at a welding arc without properly rated eye protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCleaning Brush\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA cleaning brush is included for weld preparation and post-weld cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can be used to remove suitable loose residue after the welded area has cooled. Wear eye protection because cleaning may dislodge hot or sharp particles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable Welding Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT MIG200J can be considered for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGasless MIG wire welding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMMA electrode welding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight fabrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshop repairs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGate and grill repair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEquipment maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSheet-metal repair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral metal joining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePortable repair work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHome-workshop welding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable on-site maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible mild-steel applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual suitability depends on the material, thickness, wire or electrode, joint preparation and machine settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWelding Safety Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse an approved welding helmet, welding gloves, protective clothing and suitable footwear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeld in a properly ventilated area away from:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGas cylinders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSawdust\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSolvents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlammable chemicals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCombustible materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the power cable, torch, holder, earth clamp and connectors before every use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDisconnect the machine before changing the wire spool, inspecting the torch or cleaning internal areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGasless MIG welding capability\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMMA electrode-welding capability\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e0.8mm welding-wire support\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1.6‚Äì2.5mm electrode support\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e220‚Äì240V rated voltage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e50\/60Hz rated frequency\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e60% duty cycle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 PCB + 1 IGBT configuration\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e35‚Äì50 welding connectors\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntegrated MIG torch\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1.5m electrode-holder cable\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1.5m earth-clamp cable\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2m power cable with Euro plug\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlack plastic and iron-case construction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDigital display and adjustment controls\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntegrated carrying handle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompact 35.5 √ó 16.5 √ó 28cm dimensions\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHandheld welding mask included\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCleaning brush included\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUser manual included\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"XLNT","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42042424688695,"sku":"MIG 200 GASLESS","price":7499.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/MIG200-GASLESS-JARIA-WELDING-MACHINE.jpg?v=1780030231"},{"product_id":"thor-angle-grinder-850w-4inch-r-thag38","title":"THOR 850W 4-Inch Angle Grinder Tool 100mm THAG38","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eTHOR 850W Angle Grinder for Cutting and Grinding Work\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eTHOR THAG38 850W Angle Grinder\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact corded power tool designed for suitable metal cutting, surface grinding, deburring, weld finishing and fabrication applications. Its 100mm or 4-inch disc capacity makes it practical for workshops, repair centres, fabrication units, maintenance technicians and users who require a manageable grinder for regular work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe angle grinder has a supplier-listed power rating of \u003cstrong\u003e850W\u003c\/strong\u003e and operates on a rated electrical supply of \u003cstrong\u003e220V at 50Hz\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its corded electric design provides direct power wherever a suitable electrical connection is available, without requiring batteries or charging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn auxiliary side handle, safety guard, flange components and pin wrench are shown with the THOR THAG38. These accessories support better machine control, safer disc positioning and convenient accessory installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e100mm or 4-Inch Disc Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe THOR THAG38 is designed for a \u003cstrong\u003e100mm or 4-inch disc\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDifferent grinder accessories are intended for different applications. The correct compatible accessory should be selected according to the material and required job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable accessory types may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting discs for compatible metal cutting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrinding wheels for surface grinding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlap discs for finishing and smoothing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible wire accessories for surface preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery accessory must match the machine‚Äôs 100mm disc capacity and confirmed operating speed. Never install an oversized disc or an accessory with a lower speed rating than the grinder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e850W Corded Electric Performance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image lists a rated power of \u003cstrong\u003e850W\u003c\/strong\u003e. This makes the THOR THAG38 suitable for compatible everyday cutting, grinding, deburring and workshop applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual performance will depend on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial type and thickness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisc type and condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectrical supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorking angle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplied pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperator technique\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow the rotating accessory to perform the cutting or grinding work. Applying excessive pressure may slow the disc, reduce efficiency and place unnecessary load on the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSupplier-Listed 1100 RPM Speed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image lists the no-load speed as \u003cstrong\u003e1100 RPM\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHowever, the current BUYBOX page displays 11,000 RPM. The correct value should therefore be checked on the physical machine label or carton before final publication. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUntil verified, the safest specification format is:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier-Listed No-Load Speed: 1100 RPM ‚Äî confirmation recommended\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not automatically change this figure or use it in advertising campaigns until the correct speed is confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAuxiliary Side Handle for Improved Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn auxiliary side handle is shown with the THOR THAG38. It allows the operator to hold the angle grinder with both hands, improving control and stability during cutting and grinding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe handle should be fitted securely before operation. A firm two-handed grip is particularly important when starting the machine, working on harder material or controlling possible kickback.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe operator should maintain a balanced stance and keep hands away from the rotating disc.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSafety Guard for Operator Protection\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA safety guard is shown with the grinder. The guard creates a protective barrier between the operator and the rotating accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe guard should be fitted and positioned correctly before the machine is switched on. It should not be removed merely to gain additional cutting access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe operator should remain outside the direct line of the rotating disc whenever possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFlange Components and Pin Wrench\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFlange components are shown with the THOR THAG38. These parts help secure a compatible disc to the grinder spindle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA pin-style wrench is also visible. It is used to tighten or loosen the flange while installing or removing the disc.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine must always be switched off and unplugged before changing an accessory. Ensure the disc is centred, properly seated and securely tightened before operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe THOR THAG38 can be considered for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetal cutting with a compatible disc\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSurface grinding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeld finishing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDeburring sharp metal edges\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFabrication work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorkshop repairs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaintenance jobs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparing metal surfaces\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutting suitable pipes, rods and sections\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemoving suitable surface deposits\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual suitability depends on the accessory selected and the material being worked on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSafety and Operating Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWear safety glasses or a face shield, hearing protection, gloves and suitable protective clothing while operating the grinder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the power cable, plug, safety guard, side handle, flange components and disc before every use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not use a disc that is cracked, chipped, bent, wet, expired or incorrectly rated for the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow the grinder to reach operating speed before contacting the workpiece. Keep the power cable away from the rotating disc and hot material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDirect sparks away from the operator, electrical cables, fuel, paint, paper, sawdust and other flammable materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e850W rated power\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e100mm or 4-inch disc diameter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e220V rated voltage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e50Hz rated frequency\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1100 RPM supplier-listed no-load speed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorded electric operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompact angle-grinder body\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuxiliary side handle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSafety guard\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFlange components shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePin wrench shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduct box shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for compatible cutting and grinding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for deburring and fabrication work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo-handed operating support\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eTHOR 850W Angle Grinder for Cutting and Grinding Work\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eTHOR THAG38 850W Angle Grinder\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact corded power tool designed for suitable metal cutting, surface grinding, deburring, weld finishing and fabrication applications. Its 100mm or 4-inch disc capacity makes it practical for workshops, repair centres, fabrication units, maintenance technicians and users who require a manageable grinder for regular work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe angle grinder has a supplier-listed power rating of \u003cstrong\u003e850W\u003c\/strong\u003e and operates on a rated electrical supply of \u003cstrong\u003e220V at 50Hz\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its corded electric design provides direct power wherever a suitable electrical connection is available, without requiring batteries or charging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn auxiliary side handle, safety guard, flange components and pin wrench are shown with the THOR THAG38. These accessories support better machine control, safer disc positioning and convenient accessory installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e100mm or 4-Inch Disc Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe THOR THAG38 is designed for a \u003cstrong\u003e100mm or 4-inch disc\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDifferent grinder accessories are intended for different applications. The correct compatible accessory should be selected according to the material and required job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable accessory types may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting discs for compatible metal cutting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrinding wheels for surface grinding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlap discs for finishing and smoothing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible wire accessories for surface preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery accessory must match the machine‚Äôs 100mm disc capacity and confirmed operating speed. Never install an oversized disc or an accessory with a lower speed rating than the grinder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e850W Corded Electric Performance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image lists a rated power of \u003cstrong\u003e850W\u003c\/strong\u003e. This makes the THOR THAG38 suitable for compatible everyday cutting, grinding, deburring and workshop applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual performance will depend on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial type and thickness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisc type and condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectrical supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorking angle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplied pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperator technique\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow the rotating accessory to perform the cutting or grinding work. Applying excessive pressure may slow the disc, reduce efficiency and place unnecessary load on the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSupplier-Listed 1100 RPM Speed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image lists the no-load speed as \u003cstrong\u003e1100 RPM\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHowever, the current BUYBOX page displays 11,000 RPM. The correct value should therefore be checked on the physical machine label or carton before final publication. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUntil verified, the safest specification format is:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier-Listed No-Load Speed: 1100 RPM ‚Äî confirmation recommended\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not automatically change this figure or use it in advertising campaigns until the correct speed is confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAuxiliary Side Handle for Improved Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn auxiliary side handle is shown with the THOR THAG38. It allows the operator to hold the angle grinder with both hands, improving control and stability during cutting and grinding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe handle should be fitted securely before operation. A firm two-handed grip is particularly important when starting the machine, working on harder material or controlling possible kickback.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe operator should maintain a balanced stance and keep hands away from the rotating disc.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSafety Guard for Operator Protection\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA safety guard is shown with the grinder. The guard creates a protective barrier between the operator and the rotating accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe guard should be fitted and positioned correctly before the machine is switched on. It should not be removed merely to gain additional cutting access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe operator should remain outside the direct line of the rotating disc whenever possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFlange Components and Pin Wrench\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFlange components are shown with the THOR THAG38. These parts help secure a compatible disc to the grinder spindle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA pin-style wrench is also visible. It is used to tighten or loosen the flange while installing or removing the disc.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine must always be switched off and unplugged before changing an accessory. Ensure the disc is centred, properly seated and securely tightened before operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe THOR THAG38 can be considered for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetal cutting with a compatible disc\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSurface grinding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeld finishing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDeburring sharp metal edges\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFabrication work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorkshop repairs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaintenance jobs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparing metal surfaces\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutting suitable pipes, rods and sections\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemoving suitable surface deposits\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual suitability depends on the accessory selected and the material being worked on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSafety and Operating Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWear safety glasses or a face shield, hearing protection, gloves and suitable protective clothing while operating the grinder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the power cable, plug, safety guard, side handle, flange components and disc before every use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not use a disc that is cracked, chipped, bent, wet, expired or incorrectly rated for the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow the grinder to reach operating speed before contacting the workpiece. Keep the power cable away from the rotating disc and hot material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDirect sparks away from the operator, electrical cables, fuel, paint, paper, sawdust and other flammable materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e850W rated power\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e100mm or 4-inch disc diameter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e220V rated voltage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e50Hz rated frequency\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1100 RPM supplier-listed no-load speed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorded electric operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompact angle-grinder body\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuxiliary side handle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSafety guard\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFlange components shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePin wrench shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduct box shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for compatible cutting and grinding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for deburring and fabrication work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo-handed operating support\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\u003chr\u003e","brand":"THOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42042424721463,"sku":"THAG38","price":1199.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/THOR-850-ANAGLE-GRINDER-1.jpg?v=1780030804"},{"product_id":"xlnt-angle-grinder-850w-4inch-xl-3027","title":"XLNT 850W 4-Inch Angle Grinder Tool 100mm XL-3027","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eXLNT 850W Angle Grinder for Cutting and Grinding Work\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eXLNT XL-3027 850W Angle Grinder\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact corded power tool designed for compatible cutting, grinding, deburring and surface-preparation applications. Its 100mm or 4-inch disc size makes it suitable for users who need a manageable grinder for workshop, fabrication, repair and maintenance work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine has a listed power rating of \u003cstrong\u003e850W\u003c\/strong\u003e and operates on a rated electrical supply of \u003cstrong\u003e220V at 50Hz\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its corded construction provides direct power wherever a suitable electrical connection is available, without requiring batteries or charging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT XL-3027 also features an \u003cstrong\u003eM10 spindle thread\u003c\/strong\u003e, an auxiliary side handle and a safety guard. These components help users fit compatible accessories and maintain better control during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e100mm or 4-Inch Disc Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT XL-3027 is designed for a \u003cstrong\u003e100mm or 4-inch disc\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe correct disc must be selected according to the intended application. Cutting discs, grinding wheels, flap discs and other accessories have different designs and uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly accessories that match the following should be fitted:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100mm or 4-inch diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eM10 spindle compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachine speed rating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntended material\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntended cutting or grinding application\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNever fit an oversized disc or an accessory with a lower permitted speed than the angle grinder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e850W Corded Electric Performance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe grinder has a supplier-listed input power of \u003cstrong\u003e850W\u003c\/strong\u003e. This power rating supports suitable everyday cutting, grinding, deburring and fabrication applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual performance will depend on the selected disc, material thickness, accessory condition, electrical supply and operating technique.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe user should allow the disc to work at its normal operating speed instead of applying excessive pressure. Too much force may reduce cutting efficiency, overheat the accessory and increase unnecessary load on the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eM10 Spindle Thread\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image uses the wording ‚Äúsingle thread M10.‚Äù The clearer technical description for the website is:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpindle Thread: M10\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe M10 spindle specification helps users identify compatible flange components and grinder accessories. The full accessory dimensions should still be checked before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe grinder must be disconnected from the electrical supply before fitting, removing or adjusting a disc.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAuxiliary Side Handle for Better Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn auxiliary side handle is shown with the XLNT XL-3027. It allows the machine to be held with both hands, supporting improved stability and control during cutting and grinding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe handle should be fitted securely before operating the grinder. Users should maintain a balanced stance and keep both hands away from the rotating accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo-handed operation is especially important when starting the machine, working on harder materials or controlling possible kickback.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSafety Guard for Disc Protection\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA safety guard is shown with the grinder. The guard helps create a protective barrier between the operator and the rotating disc.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe guard should be installed and positioned according to the working angle before the machine is switched on. It should not be removed simply to gain additional cutting access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe operator should remain outside the direct line of the rotating disc whenever possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFlange Set and Wrench\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image shows flange components used for fitting a compatible disc to the spindle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA pin-style wrench is also visible. It is used to tighten or loosen the flange nut while installing or removing an accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine should always be switched off and unplugged before changing the disc. Ensure the accessory is centred, properly seated and securely tightened before operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT XL-3027 can be considered for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetal cutting with a compatible cutting disc\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSurface grinding\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeld finishing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDeburring sharp metal edges\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemoving suitable surface deposits\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFabrication work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorkshop repairs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaintenance tasks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparing metal surfaces\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutting suitable rods, pipes or sections\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual suitability depends on the accessory selected and the material being worked on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSafety and Operating Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWear safety glasses or a face shield, hearing protection, gloves and suitable protective clothing while using the angle grinder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the power cable, plug, safety guard, handle, flange components and disc before every use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not use a disc that is cracked, chipped, wet, bent, expired or incorrectly rated for the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow the grinder to reach operating speed before contacting the workpiece. Keep the cable away from the rotating disc and hot material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSparks should always be directed away from the operator, electrical cables, fuel, paint, paper, sawdust and other flammable materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e850W rated input power\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e100mm or 4-inch disc diameter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e220V rated voltage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e50Hz rated frequency\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eM10 spindle thread\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorded electric operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompact angle-grinder design\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuxiliary side handle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSafety guard\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFlange components shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePin wrench shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for compatible cutting and grinding applications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for fabrication and workshop tasks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo-handed operating support\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"XLNT","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42042424754231,"sku":"XL-3027","price":1299.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/1_79774f8d-f9cd-4944-878d-ffa76dcb27b6.jpg?v=1780030231"},{"product_id":"thor-5kg-demolition-hammer-thdh37","title":"THOR 5kg 2000W Demolition Hammer Breaker THDH37","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eTHOR 5kg Demolition Hammer for Concrete and Masonry Breaking\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eTHOR THDH37 5kg Demolition Hammer\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact corded breaker designed for concrete breaking, masonry removal, tile-bed removal and general renovation work. Its supplier-listed 2000W rated input provides strong electric power for breaking and chiselling applications where a normal drill or rotary hammer may not provide enough demolition force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine operates on a rated electrical supply of \u003cstrong\u003e220V at 50Hz\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its corded electric design provides direct power wherever a suitable electrical connection is available, without requiring batteries or charging time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image identifies the THOR THDH37 as a \u003cstrong\u003e5kg breaker\u003c\/strong\u003e. This compact breaker classification makes it easier to handle than larger demolition machines while still being suitable for demanding chiselling and surface-removal work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e2000W Electric Demolition Breaker\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe THOR THDH37 has a listed rated input power of \u003cstrong\u003e2000W\u003c\/strong\u003e. This power rating supports demolition and chiselling work on suitable concrete, brick, block, tile beds and masonry surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual breaking performance will depend on material hardness, surface thickness, chisel type, chisel condition, working angle, electrical supply and operator technique.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers should allow the hammering mechanism and chisel to perform the breaking work instead of applying excessive body pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eListed 2900 RPM No-Load Speed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier specification image lists a no-load speed of \u003cstrong\u003e2900 RPM\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause demolition hammers are normally evaluated using hammering or impact specifications, this unit should be checked against the product label or official supplier datasheet before being promoted prominently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUntil confirmation, the technical specification should remain:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eListed No-Load Speed: 2900 RPM, as stated by supplier\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not convert the figure to BPM or IPM without supplier confirmation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePointed and Flat Chisels Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image shows both a pointed demolition chisel and a flat chisel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pointed chisel concentrates the hammering force into a smaller area. It is useful for starting cracks, breaking hard surfaces and working on concentrated demolition points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flat chisel spreads the impact across a wider edge. It can be used for suitable tile-bed removal, surface removal, masonry chiselling and renovation work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exact chisel length, diameter and shank type are not shown in the supplier image. These measurements should not be added until verified from the physical product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAuxiliary Side Handle for Better Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn auxiliary side handle is shown fitted near the front of the machine. This allows the operator to hold the demolition hammer with both hands, helping improve control and positioning during breaking work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe handle should be tightened securely before operation and adjusted according to the working angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA firm two-handed grip is especially important while starting the chisel on hard surfaces or working vertically and horizontally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCarrying Case for Storage and Transport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA hard carrying case is shown with the THOR THDH37. The case helps organise and protect the demolition hammer and accessories during storage and transportation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow the machine and chisels to cool before placing them inside the case. Remove loose dust from the machine body, ventilation openings and accessories before storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWrench and Spare Carbon Brushes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA wrench is displayed with the supplied accessories. It can be used for compatible maintenance or adjustment work according to the machine‚Äôs operating instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo small spare brush components are also shown. These appear to be replacement carbon brushes, but their inclusion should be confirmed from the physical package before being advertised as guaranteed contents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable Demolition Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe THOR THDH37 can be considered for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConcrete surface breaking\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrick and block demolition\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMasonry chiselling\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTile and tile-bed removal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlaster and surface removal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRenovation work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWall chasing and opening work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFloor repair preparation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstruction maintenance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLight-to-medium demolition jobs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine is designed for hammering and chiselling. It should not be promoted as a rotary drilling machine unless a rotation or drilling function is separately confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSafety and Operating Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWear safety glasses, hearing protection, heavy-duty gloves, protective footwear and a suitable dust mask while operating the demolition hammer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the power cable, plug, handles, chuck and chisel before every use. Do not use cracked, bent or excessively worn chisels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe selected chisel must be locked securely before connecting the machine to power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the work area for concealed electrical wiring, water pipes and gas lines before demolition begins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image does not provide a continuous-duty rating. Allow suitable operating breaks and follow the official product instructions to reduce overheating and unnecessary wear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e5kg breaker classification\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2000W rated input power\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e220V rated voltage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e50Hz rated frequency\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2900 RPM listed no-load speed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorded electric operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePointed demolition chisel shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFlat demolition chisel shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuxiliary side handle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo-handed operating support\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaintenance wrench shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpare carbon brushes shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHard carrying case shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for concrete and masonry breaking\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for tile and surface-removal work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompact demolition-hammer design\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"THOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42042424786999,"sku":"THDH37","price":3899.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/THOR-5KG-DEMOLITION-HAMMER.jpg?v=1780030235"},{"product_id":"thor-demolition-hammer-hex-1500w-11kg-thdh-5","title":"THOR 11kg 1500W Demolition Hammer 25J XTDH107","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eXTDH107 11kg Demolition Hammer for Concrete Breaking\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eXTDH107 11kg Electric Demolition Hammer\u003c\/strong\u003e is a corded breaker designed for concrete demolition, masonry removal, floor breaking and construction-related chiselling applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts \u003cstrong\u003e1500W rated input power\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e25J impact energy\u003c\/strong\u003e provide strong hammering force for compatible demolition jobs where a standard drill or smaller rotary hammer may not deliver enough breaking performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine operates on a rated electrical supply of \u003cstrong\u003e220V at 50Hz\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its corded construction provides direct electric power wherever a compatible socket and properly rated electrical connection are available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product is identified as an \u003cstrong\u003e11kg breaker classification\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it suitable primarily for downward, floor-level and demanding surface-breaking work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e25J Impact Energy\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XTDH107 delivers a listed impact energy of \u003cstrong\u003e25 joules\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImpact energy represents the striking force transferred through the chisel into the working material. The 25J rating supports compatible breaking and chiselling applications involving concrete, masonry and similar construction surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual breaking performance will depend on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConcrete hardness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial thickness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChisel type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChisel condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorking angle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectrical-supply stability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperator technique\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDuration of operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow the machine‚Äôs hammering mechanism to perform the breaking work. Excessive downward pressure can reduce control and place unnecessary load on the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e1500W Corded Electric Operation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe demolition hammer has a rated input power of \u003cstrong\u003e1500W\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt should be connected to electrical wiring, sockets and extension cables capable of supporting its power requirement. An undersized or excessively long extension cable may cause voltage drop, cable heating and reduced machine performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore connecting the machine:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the power cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the plug for damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm that the socket is secure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep connections away from water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure the switch is in the off position\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVerify that the chisel is locked correctly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not use the machine with damaged insulation, exposed wiring or a loose electrical connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eListed 1300 RPM No-Load Speed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine has a listed no-load speed of \u003cstrong\u003e1300 RPM\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis figure should remain as listed until the manufacturer confirms whether it refers to rotational speed or impact frequency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid using alternative values such as 1300 BPM, 1800 BPM or another impact rate unless they are printed on the product label or stated in an official technical document.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e11kg Breaker Classification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product is identified as an \u003cstrong\u003e11kg breaker\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis larger breaker format is most practical for demanding downward applications such as floor, slab and foundation-surface breaking. It may require greater operator strength and control than smaller demolition hammers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 11kg figure should be presented as the breaker classification rather than an exact verified net weight unless the physical machine is weighed or an official specification confirms it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePointed Chisel for Concentrated Breaking\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA pointed demolition chisel is fitted to the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pointed design concentrates the impact force into a smaller contact area, making it useful for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStarting cracks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBreaking hard concrete\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCreating an initial demolition point\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemoving concentrated masonry sections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBreaking suitable floor surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChiselling around damaged concrete\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exact chisel length, diameter and shank size are not provided. These measurements should be added only after checking the supplied chisel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDual-Handle Operating Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine has a rear operating handle and a front support-grip arrangement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsing both hands helps the operator maintain better control while positioning the chisel and managing the machine‚Äôs weight and vibration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaintain a balanced stance and keep the power cable away from the chisel and working area. The tool should be disconnected from electricity before the chisel is inspected, adjusted or replaced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Concrete and Slab Breaking\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XTDH107 can be considered for compatible concrete-demolition applications such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConcrete-floor breaking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlab demolition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFoundation-surface removal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged concrete removal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConcrete repair preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCivil-maintenance work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRenovation and remodelling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction-site demolition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBreaking speed will depend on the strength, reinforcement and thickness of the concrete.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not use the demolition hammer directly against hidden structural reinforcement without assessing the work area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Masonry Removal\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine can also support suitable masonry-demolition work involving:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBrickwork\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlock walls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCement layers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTile beds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMasonry sections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOld construction surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRenovation debris\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlaster-backed hard layers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTest the breaker on a controlled section before beginning large-scale demolition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIntended for Chiselling and Breaking\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XTDH107 is intended for demolition and chiselling work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt should not be described as a rotary drill or hole-drilling machine unless the product has a separately confirmed rotation function. The supplied information confirms breaker-style operation rather than rotary drilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSafe Operating Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWear appropriate personal protective equipment, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety glasses or face shield\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHearing protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty gloves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtective footwear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable dust mask or respirator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtective work clothing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the working area for hidden electrical wires, water lines, gas pipes and structural reinforcement before demolition begins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the chisel regularly. Do not use a chisel that is cracked, bent, heavily worn or incorrectly fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe available information does not provide a continuous-duty rating. Follow appropriate operating and cooling periods instead of running the machine continuously without breaks.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"THOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42042424819767,"sku":"11-DJ","price":12399.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/1_eb67d6a4-1608-45fd-89c5-abb2a9c76c47.jpg?v=1780030236"},{"product_id":"doxs-demolition-hammer-hex-1650w-15kg-dx1306","title":"DOXS 15kg 1650W HEX Demolition Hammer 45J DX1306","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDOXS 15kg Demolition Hammer for Concrete Breaking\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eDOXS DX1306 15kg Demolition Hammer\u003c\/strong\u003e is a powerful corded breaker designed for concrete breaking, masonry removal, floor demolition and construction-related chiselling work. Its supplier-listed 1650W rated input and 45J impact energy make it suitable for demanding breaking applications where a regular rotary hammer may not provide enough impact force.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine operates on a rated electrical supply of \u003cstrong\u003e220V at 50Hz\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its corded design provides direct electrical power wherever a compatible power source is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image identifies the product as a \u003cstrong\u003e15kg breaker\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it a larger demolition machine intended primarily for downward, floor-level and heavy surface-breaking applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e45J Impact Energy for Demolition Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DOXS DX1306 delivers a listed impact energy of \u003cstrong\u003e45 joules\u003c\/strong\u003e. This impact output is designed to transfer strong striking force through the chisel into concrete, masonry and other suitable demolition surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can be considered for breaking applications such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConcrete floor breaking\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlab demolition\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMasonry removal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOld tile-bed removal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFoundation and surface breaking\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstruction renovation work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWall and block demolition\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCivil maintenance work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe actual breaking speed will depend on the hardness and thickness of the material, chisel condition, operating angle and working technique.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e1650W Corded Electric Breaker\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe demolition hammer has a rated input power of \u003cstrong\u003e1650W\u003c\/strong\u003e. It operates through a 220V corded electrical connection with a rated frequency of 50Hz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore operation, inspect the electrical cable, plug and machine body for visible damage. Use a properly rated power connection and avoid operating the machine near standing water or exposed wet electrical connections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA suitable heavy-duty extension cable should be used only when necessary. An undersized or excessively long cable may affect machine performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eListed 1800 RPM No-Load Speed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image lists the machine with a no-load speed of \u003cstrong\u003e1800 RPM\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the product is a demolition breaker rather than a drilling machine, the correct measurement should be reconfirmed before final publication. Do not automatically change this value to BPM or IPM without supplier confirmation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUntil verified, present it in the technical specification section as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eListed No-Load Speed: 1800 RPM, as supplied\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDual-Handle Design for Better Machine Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DOXS DX1306 has a large rear handle and a front support handle integrated into the machine body. This two-handed arrangement helps the operator maintain better control while positioning the chisel and applying the breaker to the working surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the machine is identified as a 15kg breaker, users should maintain a balanced stance and allow the impact mechanism to perform the breaking work. Excessive downward force should be avoided.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine should be switched off and disconnected from power before adjusting, inspecting or replacing the chisel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePointed Chisel for Concrete Breaking\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA pointed demolition chisel is clearly shown fitted to the machine in the supplier image. A pointed chisel concentrates the impact force into a smaller area, making it useful for starting breaks, creating cracks and breaking hard concrete or masonry surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exact chisel shank size and length are not stated in the supplier image. These measurements should be confirmed before adding them to the website specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFlat chisels, spade chisels or additional accessories should not be listed as included unless they are confirmed from the actual supplied package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Contractors and Construction Work\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DOXS 1650W demolition hammer can be considered for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstruction contractors\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDemolition workers\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCivil maintenance teams\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFlooring-removal professionals\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilding-renovation teams\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMasonry workers\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInfrastructure maintenance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConcrete repair preparation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGeneral construction breaking work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine is intended for demolition and chiselling. It should not be described as a rotary hammer drill unless a drilling or rotation function is officially confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSafety and Operating Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways wear safety glasses, hearing protection, heavy-duty gloves, protective footwear and a suitable dust mask while operating the demolition hammer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the chisel before use and replace it if it is cracked, bent or excessively worn. Ensure the chisel is properly locked into the chuck before connecting the machine to power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid using the machine around concealed electrical wiring, water pipes or gas lines unless the work area has been properly inspected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake suitable operating breaks according to the manufacturer‚Äôs instructions. The supplier image does not provide a continuous-duty rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e15kg breaker classification\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1650W rated input power\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e45J listed impact energy\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e220V rated voltage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e50Hz rated frequency\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1800 RPM listed no-load speed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorded electric operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHEX demolition-hammer identity on BUYBOX page\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePointed demolition chisel shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarge rear operating handle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFront support handle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for concrete and masonry breaking\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for demolition and chiselling applications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for construction and renovation work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e","brand":"DOXS","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42042424852535,"sku":"DX 1306","price":9799.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/XMAID-1.jpg?v=1780030242"},{"product_id":"xlnt-electric-rotary-hammer-1200w-xtrh110220","title":"XLNT 1200W Rotary Hammer Drill 850 RPM XTRH110220","description":"\u003ch2\u003eXLNT 1200W Electric Rotary Hammer for Concrete and Masonry Drilling\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eXLNT XTRH110220 1200W Electric Rotary Hammer Drill\u003c\/strong\u003e is a corded power tool designed for drilling applications in concrete, brick, block and masonry. Its 1200W rated input and adjustable speed range of 0‚Äì850 RPM make it suitable for construction, installation, renovation and general maintenance work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine operates on a rated electrical supply of \u003cstrong\u003e220V at 50Hz\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its corded design provides consistent power wherever a suitable electrical connection is available, without requiring batteries or charging time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn auxiliary side handle and three drill bits are shown with the machine, providing a practical starter setup for common drilling jobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAdjustable Speed from 0‚Äì850 RPM\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier specification image lists a speed range of \u003cstrong\u003e0‚Äì850 RPM\u003c\/strong\u003e. This adjustable range gives the operator better control while starting a hole and working on different masonry surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA lower starting speed can help improve bit positioning before the operator gradually increases speed. Actual drilling performance will depend on the material, drill-bit size, bit condition, applied pressure and operating technique.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image does not confirm the machine‚Äôs impact rate, impact energy or maximum drilling diameter. These specifications should not be added until verified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAuxiliary Side Handle for Improved Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT XTRH110220 includes an auxiliary side handle that allows the operator to hold the machine with both hands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo-handed operation can provide better stability and control during demanding drilling applications. The handle also helps the user maintain a balanced working position while drilling horizontally, vertically or at an angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe side handle should be fitted securely before operation and adjusted according to the required working position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eThree Drill Bits Shown with the Machine\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image shows three drilling bits supplied with the XLNT rotary hammer. These provide a convenient starting selection for suitable concrete and masonry drilling applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe individual drill-bit sizes are not mentioned in the supplier image. Do not publish exact bit dimensions until the physical package or supplier confirms them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe image does not show chisels. Therefore, chiselling accessories and chiselling applications should not be included in the package contents or FAQs without separate confirmation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCorded Electric Operation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT XTRH110220 uses a corded electrical connection. This makes it suitable for work locations where a stable 220V power source is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore use, inspect the power cable, plug, machine body and drill bit for visible damage. Use a properly rated extension cable only when necessary, and keep electrical connections away from water and wet surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Construction and Installation Work\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT 1200W electric rotary hammer can be considered for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConcrete drilling\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrick drilling\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlock and masonry drilling\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWall drilling\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnchor-hole preparation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElectrical installation work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlumbing installation work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGeneral construction tasks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHome renovation work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRepair and maintenance applications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways select the correct drill bit for the material and required hole size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePractical Rotary Hammer for Regular Drilling Tasks\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT XTRH110220 combines a 1200W motor, adjustable 0‚Äì850 RPM speed, auxiliary handle and supplied drill bits in a compact corded drilling machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a practical choice for contractors, electricians, plumbers, installers, maintenance technicians and users who need a rotary hammer for regular concrete and masonry drilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1200W rated input power\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e220V rated voltage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e50Hz rated frequency\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e0‚Äì850 RPM listed speed range\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorded electric operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for concrete and masonry drilling\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuxiliary side handle included\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree drill bits shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo-handed operating support\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompact rotary-hammer body\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for construction and installation work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProduct box or packaging shown\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"XLNT","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42042424885303,"sku":"XTRH110220","price":2199.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/ROTARY-HAMMER-2-2.jpg?v=1780030241"},{"product_id":"xlnt-electric-rotary-hammer-1500w-xtrh110226","title":"XLNT 1500W Rotary Hammer Drill 26mm XTRH110226","description":"\u003ch2\u003eXLNT 1500W Electric Rotary Hammer for Concrete and Masonry Work\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eXLNT XTRH 110(2-26) 1500W Electric Rotary Hammer\u003c\/strong\u003e is a corded drilling and chiselling machine designed for concrete, brick, block and masonry applications. It combines a powerful 1500W rated input with a maximum listed drilling diameter of 26mm, making it a practical option for construction, installation, repair and renovation work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine operates on a rated voltage of \u003cstrong\u003e220V\u003c\/strong\u003e with a frequency of \u003cstrong\u003e50Hz\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its corded electric design provides direct power for jobs where a suitable electrical connection is available, without depending on rechargeable batteries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplied accessory set includes multiple drill bits and chisels, allowing the user to prepare the machine for different drilling and light chiselling tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e26mm Rotary Hammer for Construction Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT XTRH 110(2-26) has a listed maximum drilling diameter of \u003cstrong\u003e26mm\u003c\/strong\u003e. The actual drilling result will depend on the material, drill-bit size, bit condition and operating technique.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe masonry-style drill bits shown in the supplier image make the machine suitable for drilling into appropriate concrete and masonry surfaces. The supplied chisels can support light chiselling, surface preparation and removal work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis rotary hammer should not be promoted as a dedicated demolition breaker. For continuous heavy breaking or demolition, a machine designed specifically for demolition work should be selected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAuxiliary Handle for Better Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn auxiliary side handle is included with the XLNT rotary hammer. The handle allows the operator to hold the machine with both hands, helping improve stability and control during drilling and chiselling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe handle can also help manage the reaction force produced when drilling into harder surfaces. Users should maintain a firm working position and allow the drill bit to perform the cutting rather than applying excessive body pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDrill Bits and Chisels Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image shows multiple drilling and chiselling accessories with the machine. This gives users a convenient starter setup for common concrete and masonry applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe accessory set visibly includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple masonry-style drill bits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePointed chisels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlat chiselling accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAuxiliary side handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarrying and storage case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exact sizes of the drill bits and chisels are not stated in the supplier image. Avoid publishing specific accessory dimensions unless they are verified from the physical package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCarrying Case for Storage and Transport\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA hard carrying case is shown with the XLNT XTRH 110(2-26). The case helps organise the rotary hammer, handle, drill bits and chisels when the machine is stored or transported.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter use, allow the machine and accessories to cool before placing them inside the case. Clean loose dust from the drill bits, ventilation openings and machine body before storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT 1500W rotary hammer can be considered for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConcrete drilling\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrick and block drilling\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMasonry drilling\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWall drilling\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnchor-hole preparation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eElectrical installation work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlumbing installation work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLight chiselling\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMinor tile and surface removal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRenovation and repair work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstruction and maintenance applications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe correct drill bit or chisel should always be selected according to the material and intended task.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSafe Operating Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWear safety glasses, hearing protection, gloves and a suitable dust mask while operating the rotary hammer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the drill bit, chisel, power cable and machine body before use. Accessories should be fitted securely before the machine is switched on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid using damaged, bent or excessively worn accessories. Disconnect the machine from the electrical supply before changing drill bits or chisels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1500W rated input power\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e220V rated voltage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e50Hz rated frequency\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e26mm maximum listed drilling diameter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorded electric operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for concrete and masonry drilling\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for light chiselling applications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAuxiliary side handle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple drill bits shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple chisels shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHard carrying case included\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo-handed operating support\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePortable storage arrangement\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for construction and maintenance work\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"XLNT","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42042424918071,"sku":"XTRH110226","price":3299.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/ROTARY_HAMMER_26MM.png?v=1792158298"},{"product_id":"xlnt-oil-air-compressor-30l-xtoc-78","title":"XLNT 30L 2.5HP Oil Air Compressor Machine XTOC 78","description":"\u003ch2\u003eXLNT 30L Oil Air Compressor for Garage and Workshop Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eXLNT XTOC 78 (30) 30L Oil Air Compressor\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact and portable compressed-air machine designed for garage, workshop, maintenance and compatible pneumatic applications. It combines a 30-litre horizontal air tank with a listed 2.5HP input, helping produce and store compressed air for routine jobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe compressor operates on a rated voltage of \u003cstrong\u003e220V\u003c\/strong\u003e and delivers a listed maximum pressure of \u003cstrong\u003e8 bar\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its supplier image also lists a speed of \u003cstrong\u003e2850 RPM\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it suitable for regular compressed-air applications when the connected equipment remains within the machine's available pressure and airflow capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image prints the air exhaust specification as \u003cstrong\u003e110 L\/MM\u003c\/strong\u003e. Because this unit is unclear, the website should avoid converting it to 110 L\/min until the specification is confirmed from the product label or supplier datasheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e30-Litre Air Tank for Compressed-Air Storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT XTOC 78 features a horizontal \u003cstrong\u003e30-litre air-storage tank\u003c\/strong\u003e. The tank stores compressed air generated by the compressor assembly and supplies it according to the requirements of the connected tool or accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 30L tank is suitable for applications requiring short or repeated bursts of compressed air. Actual operating duration will depend on the selected pressure, air consumption of the connected tool, hose condition and frequency of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore connecting any pneumatic equipment, compare the tool‚Äôs required pressure and airflow with the confirmed output capacity of the compressor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e2.5HP Compressor for Practical Air Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image lists the machine with an input power of \u003cstrong\u003e2.5HP\u003c\/strong\u003e. This power rating supports common workshop and garage tasks such as tyre inflation, air blowing, light spray-painting work and operating compatible pneumatic tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe correct compressor oil level and maintenance procedure should be checked before operation. Since the supplier image does not provide an oil capacity or recommended oil grade, these details should not be added without an official manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e8 Bar Maximum Pressure\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT XTOC 78 has a listed maximum pressure of \u003cstrong\u003e8 bar\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pressure supplied to a connected tool should always match the tool manufacturer's recommendation. Never exceed the rated pressure of the air hose, fitting, spray gun, inflator or pneumatic equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA pressure gauge is visible on the machine, allowing the user to monitor the pressure level during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePortable Compressor with Wheels and Handle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe compressor includes transport wheels and an upright movement handle. This design makes it easier to reposition the machine around a workshop, garage or service area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe horizontal tank construction provides a stable base when the compressor is positioned on a firm and level surface. The machine should be switched off and disconnected from the electrical supply before it is moved.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT XTOC 78 (30) can be considered for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTyre inflation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAir blowing and dust removal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLight spray-painting work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarage maintenance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorkshop applications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInflating compatible equipment\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOperating compatible air blow guns\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOperating compatible pneumatic spray guns\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsing suitable pneumatic tools\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGeneral compressed-air tasks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTool compatibility should always be checked according to the confirmed airflow and required working pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the XLNT XTOC 78?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT XTOC 78 combines a 30L air tank, 2.5HP input, 8-bar pressure and portable design in one practical compressor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts wheels, integrated handle and compact horizontal construction make it suitable for customers who need a movable air compressor for regular garage, workshop and maintenance work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e30-litre air-storage tank\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2.5HP listed input power\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e8 bar maximum pressure\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2850 RPM listed speed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e220V rated voltage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e110 L\/MM air exhaust printed in supplier image\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePortable horizontal-tank construction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePressure gauge visible\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntegrated movement handle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransport wheels\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStable support feet\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorded electric operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for garage and workshop applications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompatible with suitable pneumatic tools and accessories\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"XLNT","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42042424983607,"sku":"XTOC 78 \/30","price":10299.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/XLNT-XTOC-78-30l.jpg?v=1780030248"},{"product_id":"thor-oil-compressor-30l-th300030","title":"THOR 30L 2.5HP Industrial Air Compressor TH300030","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTHOR 30L Oil Air Compressor for Garage and Workshop Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eTHOR TH300030 30L Oil Air Compressor\u003c\/strong\u003e is a portable compressed-air machine designed for garages, workshops, maintenance tasks and compatible pneumatic applications. It combines a 30-litre horizontal air tank with a 2.5HP oil-lubricated compressor system, helping produce and store compressed air for regular work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe compressor operates on a rated voltage of \u003cstrong\u003e220V\u003c\/strong\u003e and delivers a listed maximum pressure of \u003cstrong\u003e8 bar\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its stated air delivery of \u003cstrong\u003e169 litres per minute\u003c\/strong\u003e helps support compatible compressed-air applications where the connected equipment remains within the compressor‚Äôs pressure and airflow capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA listed speed of \u003cstrong\u003e2850 RPM\u003c\/strong\u003e supports the compressor‚Äôs air-generation process, while the integrated tank stores compressed air for repeated or short-duration applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e30-Litre Air Tank for Compressed-Air Storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe THOR TH300030 features a 30-litre air-storage tank. The tank holds compressed air produced by the motor and pump assembly, allowing users to draw stored air according to the connected tool or application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 30-litre tank is useful for applications that require short or repeated bursts of compressed air. Actual operating time will vary depending on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired working pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAir consumption of the connected tool\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTank-pressure level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHose condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnection quality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrequency of use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore connecting any pneumatic equipment, compare its required airflow with the compressor‚Äôs listed delivery of 169 L\/min.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e2.5HP Oil-Lubricated Compressor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe THOR TH300030 has a listed power rating of \u003cstrong\u003e2.5 HP\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its oil-lubricated design uses compressor oil to lubricate internal moving components during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOil-lubricated compressors require regular oil-level inspection and periodic oil replacement according to the manufacturer‚Äôs maintenance recommendations. Correct lubrication helps reduce internal friction and supports consistent compressor operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA lubricating oil bottle is shown beside the compressor in the supplier image. Confirm whether this oil bottle is included with every unit before making it a guaranteed package claim.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e8 Bar Pressure and 169 L\/min Air Delivery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe compressor has a listed maximum pressure of \u003cstrong\u003e8 bar\u003c\/strong\u003e and an air delivery of \u003cstrong\u003e169 litres per minute\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese specifications may support compatible applications such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTyre inflation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAir blowing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust removal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight spray painting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarage maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshop cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperating compatible pneumatic spray guns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperating suitable low-to-moderate air-demand pneumatic tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral compressed-air applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery connected tool has its own pressure and airflow requirement. The tool‚Äôs air-consumption rating should remain within the compressor‚Äôs capacity for proper performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePortable Compressor with Wheels and Handle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe THOR TH300030 features transport wheels and an integrated upper handle. This portable design makes it easier to reposition the compressor around a garage, workshop or working area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts compact vertical-style tank construction helps reduce the floor space required compared with some longer horizontal compressors. The lower support and wheels help maintain stability when the machine is positioned correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways switch off and unplug the compressor before moving it. Any attached hose should be disconnected or secured before transportation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePressure Gauge for Air Monitoring\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA pressure gauge is visible near the handle and control assembly. The gauge allows users to monitor the compressor‚Äôs air-pressure level during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe working pressure supplied to a connected tool should be selected according to the tool manufacturer‚Äôs recommendation. Never exceed the maximum pressure rating of the hose, fitting, spray gun or pneumatic accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesigned for Practical Workshop Tasks\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe THOR TH300030 combines a 30-litre tank, 2.5HP power rating, 8-bar pressure and portable design in one compact compressor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a practical option for customers who need compressed air for garage maintenance, tyre inflation, air cleaning, light painting and compatible pneumatic work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe compressor should be placed on a dry, firm and level surface with sufficient ventilation around the motor and compressor assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e30-litre air-storage tank\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2.5HP listed power rating\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e8 bar maximum pressure\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e169 L\/min air delivery\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2850 RPM listed speed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e220V rated voltage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOil-lubricated compressor design\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePressure gauge visible\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePortable compact construction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntegrated upper movement handle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransport wheels\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStable floor support\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLubricating oil bottle shown\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorded electric operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for compatible garage and workshop applications\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"THOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42042425016375,"sku":"TH300030","price":9899.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/1-4.jpg?v=1780030253"},{"product_id":"yanzhi-oil-free-compressor-30l-double-hose","title":"YANZHI 30L Oil-Free Air Compressor 8 Bar YZ1390-30","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eYANZHI 30L Oil-Free Air Compressor for Garage and Workshop Use\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eYANZHI YZ1390-30 30L Oil-Free Air Compressor\u003c\/strong\u003e is a portable compressed-air machine designed for garage, workshop, maintenance and compatible pneumatic applications. It combines a 30-litre horizontal air tank with a visible dual-head compressor assembly, helping produce and store compressed air for regular jobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe compressor operates on a rated voltage of \u003cstrong\u003e220V\u003c\/strong\u003e and delivers a listed maximum pressure of \u003cstrong\u003e8 bar\u003c\/strong\u003e. It also provides a stated air output of \u003cstrong\u003e167 litres per minute\u003c\/strong\u003e with a listed operating speed of \u003cstrong\u003e2850 RPM\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image contains conflicting power information. The main specification panel states an input power of 1390W, while another section states 550W. The correct power rating should therefore be verified from the physical product label before being added to the final website content.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e30-Litre Air Tank for Compressed-Air Storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe YANZHI YZ1390-30 features a horizontal 30-litre tank for storing compressed air produced by the compressor assembly. The stored air can support jobs that require short or repeated bursts of compressed air.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual operating performance will depend on the connected tool, required working pressure, airflow consumption, hose condition and tank-pressure level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore connecting pneumatic equipment, compare its required airflow with the compressor‚Äôs listed output of 167 L\/min. Tools with higher air requirements may not perform properly or may cause the compressor to restart frequently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDual-Head Oil-Free Compressor Assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image shows two compressor heads mounted above the air tank. This should be described as a \u003cstrong\u003edual-head compressor assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e, not a double-hose compressor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe oil-free compressor design reduces the need for pump-oil maintenance. The machine should still be kept clean, properly ventilated and inspected regularly for loose fittings, air leakage and visible damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image does not provide a noise rating, continuous-duty rating or thermal-protection specification. Avoid describing the machine as silent, low-noise or suitable for uninterrupted continuous operation without official confirmation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e8 Bar Pressure and 167 L\/min Air Output\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe compressor has a listed maximum pressure of 8 bar and an air output of 167 litres per minute.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese specifications make it suitable for compatible compressed-air applications where the required pressure and airflow remain within the machine‚Äôs capacity. A suitable pressure regulator and compatible fittings may be required depending on the connected tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers should never exceed the recommended pressure of the connected hose, accessory or pneumatic equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePortable Design with Wheels and Handle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe YANZHI YZ1390-30 features transport wheels and an integrated upright handle. This design makes it easier to move and position the compressor around a garage, workshop or maintenance area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupport feet beneath the tank help stabilise the machine during operation. The compressor should always be placed on a dry, firm and level surface with sufficient ventilation around the compressor assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTyre inflation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAir blowing and dust removal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLight spray-painting applications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarage maintenance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorkshop tasks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInflating suitable equipment\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsing compatible air blow guns\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOperating compatible pneumatic spray guns\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOperating compatible low-to-moderate airflow pneumatic tools\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGeneral compressed-air applications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways compare the connected tool‚Äôs pressure and airflow requirements with the compressor specifications before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e30-litre horizontal air tank\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOil-free compressor system\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDual-head compressor assembly\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e8 bar listed maximum pressure\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e167 L\/min listed air output\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2850 RPM listed speed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e220V rated voltage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePressure gauge visible\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePressure-control assembly visible\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntegrated movement handle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransport wheels\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStable floor supports\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePortable horizontal-tank construction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorded electric operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for garage and workshop applications\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"YANZHI","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42042425049143,"sku":"YZ1390-30 30L\/550W","price":7799.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/1-3_ed021169-b7f2-4a54-90b6-e0802a4d3565.jpg?v=1780030252"},{"product_id":"yanzhi-oil-free-compressor-50l-double-hose","title":"YANZHI 50L Oil-Free Air Compressor Machine 1390W","description":"\u003cp\u003eLarge-capacity oil-free 50L air compressor with dual hose output for continuous clean air\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"YANZHI","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42042425081911,"sku":"50L\/1390W","price":8999.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/1-3_b3bc08a9-dc8a-4921-9e85-ab9d40abd342.jpg?v=1780030254"},{"product_id":"xlnt-oil-free-compressor-30l-xtofc16930","title":"XLNT 30L Oil-Free Compressor 1680W XTOFC 169(30)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eXLNT 30L Oil-Free Air Compressor for Workshop and Garage Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eXLNT XTOFC 169(30) 30L Oil-Free Air Compressor\u003c\/strong\u003e is a portable compressed-air machine designed for garages, workshops, maintenance tasks and compatible pneumatic applications. Its oil-free compressor system, 30-litre horizontal air tank and transport-friendly design make it a practical option for users who need compressed air without the routine oil maintenance associated with conventional oil-lubricated compressors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePowered by a listed \u003cstrong\u003e1680W input\u003c\/strong\u003e, the compressor operates on a rated voltage of \u003cstrong\u003e220V\u003c\/strong\u003e. It delivers a maximum stated pressure of \u003cstrong\u003e8 bar\u003c\/strong\u003e, an air delivery of \u003cstrong\u003e167 litres per minute\u003c\/strong\u003e and a listed operating speed of \u003cstrong\u003e2800 RPM\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese specifications make the compressor suitable for applications such as tyre inflation, air blowing, dust removal, light spray painting and operating compatible pneumatic tools, provided the connected equipment‚Äôs pressure and airflow requirements remain within the compressor‚Äôs capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e30-Litre Air Tank for Compressed-Air Storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT XTOFC 169(30) includes a horizontal \u003cstrong\u003e30-litre air tank\u003c\/strong\u003e that stores compressed air produced by the compressor assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStored air allows users to complete tasks requiring short bursts of compressed air without depending entirely on the motor's immediate output. The motor will restart as the stored tank pressure reduces, depending on the machine's pressure-control system and the amount of air being used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual runtime and restart frequency will depend on the connected tool, required pressure, air consumption, hose condition and tank-pressure level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDual-Head Oil-Free Compressor Assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image shows a dual-head compressor assembly mounted above the air tank. This configuration produces compressed air and refills the tank during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the machine uses an oil-free compressor design, users do not need to add lubricating oil to the compressor pump as part of regular operation. The compressor should still be kept clean, properly ventilated and inspected periodically for loose connections or visible damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image does not provide a continuous-duty rating, noise measurement or thermal-protection specification. The machine should therefore not be described as silent or suitable for uninterrupted continuous operation without official confirmation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e167 L\/min Air Delivery and 8 Bar Pressure\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe compressor has a listed air delivery of \u003cstrong\u003e167 L\/min\u003c\/strong\u003e and a maximum pressure of \u003cstrong\u003e8 bar\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore connecting any pneumatic equipment, compare the tool's required pressure and air consumption with the compressor's specifications. A tool that requires more than 167 L\/min may operate weakly or cause the compressor motor to restart frequently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 8-bar maximum pressure is suitable for many common workshop and garage tasks, but individual air tools may require a regulator and specific working-pressure setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePortable Compressor with Wheels and Handle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT XTOFC 169(30) features transport wheels and an upright movement handle. This makes it easier to reposition the compressor around a garage, workshop or work area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe horizontal tank includes support points that help keep the machine stable while positioned on a firm and level floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways move the compressor only after switching it off, disconnecting the electrical supply and safely releasing or securing any connected hose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT 30L oil-free air compressor can be considered for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTyre inflation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAir blowing and dust removal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLight spray-painting work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarage maintenance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorkshop applications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInflating suitable equipment\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOperating compatible air blow guns\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOperating compatible pneumatic spray guns\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsing compatible low-to-moderate air-demand pneumatic tools\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGeneral compressed-air tasks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways check the connected tool‚Äôs required pressure and airflow before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e30-litre horizontal air tank\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1680W listed input power\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e220V rated voltage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e167 L\/min listed air delivery\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e8 bar maximum pressure\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2800 RPM listed speed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOil-free compressor system\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDual-head compressor assembly\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePressure gauge visible\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePortable horizontal-tank design\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntegrated movement handle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTransport wheels\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStable floor supports\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorded electric operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for workshop and garage applications\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"XLNT","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42042425114679,"sku":"XTOFC 169(30) double hose 30L\/1680W","price":8599.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/1-114.jpg?v=1780030254"},{"product_id":"msi-oil-free-compressor-50l-msofc-2050","title":"MSI 50L Oil-Free Air Compressor, 1680W MSOFC-2050","description":"\u003cp\u003e\\\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMSI 50L Oil-Free Air Compressor for Workshop and Garage Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eMSI MSOFC-2050 50L Oil-Free Air Compressor\u003c\/strong\u003e is a portable compressed-air machine designed for workshops, garages, maintenance work and suitable pneumatic applications. It combines a large 50-litre air tank with a dual-cylinder compressor assembly, helping users maintain a stored supply of compressed air for regular tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePowered by a listed \u003cstrong\u003e1680W input\u003c\/strong\u003e, the compressor operates on a \u003cstrong\u003e220V electrical supply\u003c\/strong\u003e and reaches a maximum pressure of \u003cstrong\u003e8 bar\u003c\/strong\u003e. The supplier image also confirms a maximum air flow of \u003cstrong\u003e130 litres per minute\u003c\/strong\u003e and a motor speed of \u003cstrong\u003e2850 RPM\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese specifications make the MSI MSOFC-2050 suitable for tasks such as tyre inflation, air cleaning, light spray-painting work and operating compatible pneumatic tools, provided the tool‚Äôs required pressure and airflow remain within the compressor‚Äôs capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e50-Litre Air Tank for Stable Air Storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 50-litre horizontal tank stores compressed air produced by the compressor assembly. A larger tank reduces the need for the motor to restart immediately every time a small amount of air is used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis makes the compressor practical for jobs that require repeated bursts of compressed air. Actual operating time and motor restart frequency will depend on the connected tool, pressure setting, hose condition and air consumption.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh-air-demand pneumatic equipment should be checked carefully against the compressor‚Äôs listed maximum air flow of 130 L\/min before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDual-Cylinder Compressor Assembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image shows two compressor cylinders mounted above the air tank. This dual-cylinder arrangement is designed to produce compressed air and refill the tank during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe compressor also includes a visible cooling fan and cylinder-head assembly. However, the supplier image does not provide a continuous-duty rating, noise measurement or detailed cooling specification, so these claims should not be added to the website without official confirmation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePortable Air Compressor with Wheels and Handle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MSI MSOFC-2050 features an integrated upright handle and transport wheels, making it easier to move around a garage, workshop or work area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupport feet beneath the tank help keep the compressor stable while positioned on the floor. The horizontal tank design also provides a balanced base during normal operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe compressor should always be placed on a firm, level and dry surface with enough open space around the motor and compressor assembly for ventilation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePressure Gauge and Air Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA pressure gauge is visible near the compressor assembly, allowing the user to monitor the air-pressure level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine should be operated within its stated maximum pressure of 8 bar. The required output pressure should be adjusted according to the connected air tool or application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsing incorrect pressure or connecting a pneumatic tool with airflow requirements above the compressor‚Äôs capacity may reduce performance and cause the motor to cycle more frequently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Multiple Air Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MSI 50L oil-free air compressor can be considered for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTyre inflation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAir blowing and dust removal\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLight spray painting\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmall workshop maintenance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarage applications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInflating suitable equipment\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOperating compatible pneumatic spray guns\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOperating compatible low-to-moderate air-demand tools\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGeneral compressed-air applications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pressure and airflow requirement of each tool should be checked before connecting it to the compressor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e50-litre air-tank capacity\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1680W listed input power\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e220V rated voltage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e8 bar maximum pressure\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e130 L\/min maximum air flow\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2850 RPM listed motor speed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDual-cylinder compressor assembly\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOil-free compressor design\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVisible pressure gauge\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHorizontal air-storage tank\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntegrated transport handle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWheels for easier movement\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupport feet for stable positioning\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorded electric operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for workshop and garage applications\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MSI","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42042425147447,"sku":"MSOFC2050 50L\/1680w","price":9399.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/OIL-FREE-MSOFC-2050.jpg?v=1780030259"},{"product_id":"xlnt-high-pressure-washer-1000-140-xthpw28","title":"XLNT 2200W High Pressure Washer 220 Bar XTHPW28","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eXLNT 2200W High Pressure Washer for Vehicle and Outdoor Cleaning\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eXLNT XTHPW28 2200W High Pressure Washer\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact electric cleaning machine designed for washing cars, motorcycles, scooters, outdoor floors and other compatible washable surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine operates on a rated \u003cstrong\u003e220V electrical supply\u003c\/strong\u003e and delivers a listed working pressure of \u003cstrong\u003e220 bar\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its listed water flow rate of \u003cstrong\u003e8.5 litres per minute\u003c\/strong\u003e supports efficient rinsing and removal of mud, dust and loose surface dirt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA no-load speed of \u003cstrong\u003e2800 RPM\u003c\/strong\u003e is also listed for the motor system. Its portable body, integrated carrying handle and supplied hose-and-gun accessories make the XTHPW28 suitable for home garages, vehicle-cleaning areas, workshops and routine property maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e220 Bar Listed Working Pressure\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT XTHPW28 has a listed working pressure of \u003cstrong\u003e220 bar\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh-pressure water can help loosen stubborn dirt from compatible surfaces. Actual pressure at the spray outlet may vary depending on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater-source condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInlet-hose setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-pressure-hose condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFilter cleanliness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNozzle condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectrical-supply stability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHose connections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance from the surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBegin cleaning from a safe distance and move closer only when required. Avoid holding the concentrated water jet continuously on one small area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e8.5 L\/min Water Flow Rate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine has a listed water-flow rate of \u003cstrong\u003e8.5 L\/min\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater flow helps carry away loosened dirt, detergent and cleaning residue. A suitable water source should provide a continuous and adequate supply during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInsufficient water supply may result in:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterrupted spray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduced pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAir entering the inlet hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIrregular pump operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduced cleaning efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnnecessary strain on the machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow water to reach the pump and remove trapped air before switching on the pressure washer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e2200W Electric Power\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT XTHPW28 has a rated input power of \u003cstrong\u003e2200W\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConnect the machine to an electrical outlet, wiring system and extension cable suitable for its power requirement. An undersized extension cable may cause voltage drop, cable heating and reduced motor performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the plug and electrical connections away from:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStanding water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWet flooring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect spray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged sockets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExposed wiring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the power cable and plug before every use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e2800 RPM Listed No-Load Speed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pressure washer has a listed no-load speed of \u003cstrong\u003e2800 RPM\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis specification relates to the motor operating speed without cleaning load. Actual motor behaviour can vary once the pump is pressurised and water is flowing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine should not be switched on without an adequate water supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompact Portable Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XTHPW28 has a compact horizontal body with an integrated upper carrying handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis design makes the machine easier to move between a garage, driveway, outdoor washing area or workshop. It also requires less storage space than larger trolley-style pressure washers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore carrying the machine:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwitch it off\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisconnect the electrical supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClose the water source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelease remaining hose pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrain excess water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the hoses and accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not lift the unit using the power cable or hoses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHigh-Pressure Spray Gun\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA high-pressure spray gun is included with the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe trigger-operated gun allows the user to control water delivery and direct the spray toward the cleaning area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore operation:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the spray-gun connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm that the hose is locked\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the trigger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePoint the gun away from people and animals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintain a stable stance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHold the gun firmly during startup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNever leave a pressurised spray gun unattended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBlack High-Pressure Hose\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA black coiled high-pressure hose is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hose carries pressurised water from the washer to the spray gun. It should be inspected before every use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not operate the machine with a hose that is:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCut\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCracked\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBulging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKinked\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeaking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged around the fittings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavily worn\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the hose away from sharp edges, hot surfaces, moving vehicles and heavy objects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eYellow Water-Inlet Hose\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA yellow inlet hose is supplied for connecting the water source to the pressure washer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore switching on the machine:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen the water source\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the hose is not blocked\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove sharp bends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTighten the connectors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm that the filter is installed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow water to reach the pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not operate the washer dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWater-Inlet Filter\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA water-inlet filter is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe filter helps reduce the entry of visible dirt and particles into the pump. It should be inspected and cleaned regularly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA dirty or blocked filter may restrict water flow, reduce cleaning pressure and cause irregular spray delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReinstall the filter correctly before each operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eConnectors and Adapters\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple connectors and adapters are supplied for assembling the inlet and high-pressure-water connections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck that each connector is:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully inserted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProperly tightened\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree from cracks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot leaking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrectly aligned\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not force incompatible fittings together, as this may damage threads, seals and connector surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Car Washing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT XTHPW28 can be used for compatible car-cleaning applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended approach:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRinse loose dirt first\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintain a safe spraying distance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWork from top to bottom\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid prolonged pressure on one spot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the spray away from damaged paint edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse additional care around sensors and seals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid spraying directly into electrical areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTest the pressure on a small, less-visible section before cleaning delicate surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Motorcycle and Scooter Cleaning\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pressure washer can also be used for motorcycles and scooters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid directing concentrated pressure toward:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectrical connectors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstrument clusters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAir intakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExhaust openings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChain seals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine openings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse a wider spray distance around sensitive parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Outdoor Surface Cleaning\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XTHPW28 can be considered for compatible outdoor cleaning work such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTiled floors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePathways\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDriveways\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePatios\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBoundary walls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarage floors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden furniture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutdoor equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWashable tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable building surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTest the pressure on a small area first. High-pressure water can damage loose paint, weak plaster, deteriorated grout, soft wood and fragile surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSafe Operating Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWear eye protection, closed footwear and suitable work clothing while using the pressure washer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNever direct the spray at:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeople\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnimals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectrical outlets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLive machinery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe pressure-washer unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExposed wiring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFragile glass at close range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnstable surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore changing accessories or storing the machine, switch it off, disconnect the electrical supply and squeeze the spray-gun trigger to release remaining pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2200W rated input power\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e220 bar listed working pressure\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e8.5 L\/min listed water-flow rate\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e220V rated voltage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2800 RPM listed no-load speed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorded electric operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompact portable construction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntegrated carrying handle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh-pressure spray gun\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlack high-pressure hose\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYellow water-inlet hose\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater-inlet filter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMultiple connectors and adapters\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for compatible car washing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for motorcycle and scooter cleaning\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for outdoor washable surfaces\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEasy storage and movement\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"XLNT","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42042425180215,"sku":"XTHPW28","price":4399.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/XTHPW28.png?v=1792046989"},{"product_id":"xlnt-high-pressure-washer-xthpw30","title":"XLNT S5 2500W High Pressure Washer Machine XTHPW 30","description":"\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eXLNT S5 2500W High Pressure Washer XTHPW 30\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eXLNT S5 2500W High Pressure Washer XTHPW 30\u003c\/strong\u003e is an electric cleaning machine designed for vehicle washing, outdoor surface cleaning and maintenance. Powered by a \u003cstrong\u003e2500W motor\u003c\/strong\u003e and operating on \u003cstrong\u003e220V\u003c\/strong\u003e, it delivers up to \u003cstrong\u003e250 bar pressure\u003c\/strong\u003e with an \u003cstrong\u003e8.5 L\/min water flow rate\u003c\/strong\u003e for removing dirt, mud and surface buildup from washable surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eHigh-Pressure Cleaning Performance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eWith up to \u003cstrong\u003e250 bar maximum pressure\u003c\/strong\u003e, the XLNT XTHPW 30 provides powerful water pressure for cleaning jobs. The \u003cstrong\u003e8.5 L\/min flow rate\u003c\/strong\u003e supports efficient rinsing and makes the machine suitable for car washing, bike cleaning, patios, floors, walls and other outdoor washable surfaces when used with the correct spray distance and cleaning method.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003e2500W Power for Effective Cleaning\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e2500W input power\u003c\/strong\u003e supports demanding vehicle washing and outdoor cleaning applications. The machine is designed for users who need a practical pressure-cleaning solution for home, workshop and general maintenance use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eAuto Shut-Off \u0026amp; Thermal Protection\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe XLNT XTHPW 30 features an \u003cstrong\u003eautomatic shut-off system\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003ethermal protection\u003c\/strong\u003e for added operational safety. It also carries an \u003cstrong\u003eIPX5 water-resistance rating\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it suitable for pressure-washing applications when operated according to the supplied instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003ePortable Wheeled Design\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe integrated wheeled design makes the pressure washer easier to move around vehicles, workshops and outdoor cleaning areas. Its portable construction provides convenient handling while helping maintain stable operation during high-pressure cleaning work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eComplete Cleaning Accessories\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eThe package includes a \u003cstrong\u003espray gun, extension lance, 5m high-pressure hose, foam bottle and quick connectors\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing a practical setup for vehicle washing and general pressure-cleaning applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2500W input power\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to 250 bar maximum pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8.5 L\/min water flow rate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e220V operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAuto shut-off system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThermal protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIPX5 water resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePortable wheeled design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for vehicle and outdoor cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5m high-pressure hose included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFoam bottle included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick connectors included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 dir=\"auto\"\u003eIn the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × XLNT Pressure Washer Unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Spray Gun\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Extension Lance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × 5m High-Pressure Hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × Foam Bottle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick Connectors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 × User Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp dir=\"auto\"\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eXLNT S5 2500W High Pressure Washer XTHPW 30\u003c\/strong\u003e for vehicle washing, outdoor surface cleaning and routine maintenance. Its high-pressure performance, strong water flow, safety features and portable wheeled design make it a practical pressure washer for home users, vehicle owners and workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"XLNT","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42042425212983,"sku":"XTHPW30","price":6099.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/71i-0mAD7L._SL1500.jpg?v=1780030266"},{"product_id":"xlnt-high-pressure-washer-xthpw0628","title":"XLNT 2750W Pressure Washer 270 Bar Unit XTHPW0628","description":"\u003ch2\u003eXLNT 2750W High Pressure Washer for Car and Bike Cleaning\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eXLNT XTHPW0628 2750W High Pressure Washer\u003c\/strong\u003e is a powerful electric cleaning machine designed for washing cars, motorcycles, scooters, outdoor floors and other suitable washable surfaces. Its trolley-style frame, large wheels and integrated handle make the machine easier to move around garages, vehicle-washing areas, driveways and outdoor spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePowered by a listed \u003cstrong\u003e2750W motor\u003c\/strong\u003e, the pressure washer delivers a stated pressure of \u003cstrong\u003e270 bar\u003c\/strong\u003e with a water flow rate of \u003cstrong\u003e8.5 litres per minute\u003c\/strong\u003e. This combination helps loosen mud, dust and surface dirt while supplying sufficient water flow for regular vehicle and outdoor cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine operates on a \u003cstrong\u003e220V electrical supply\u003c\/strong\u003e with a frequency range of \u003cstrong\u003e50‚Äì60Hz\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTrolley-Type Pressure Washer with Wheels\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT XTHPW0628 features a strong metal trolley frame that surrounds and supports the motor and pump assembly. The large wheels help users move the pressure washer between different working areas without repeatedly lifting the complete machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn extended rear handle provides better control while moving the pressure washer. The frame also creates a stable base during operation and helps protect the main machine body from direct contact with the ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis trolley-style construction is especially useful for users who regularly move the pressure washer around a garage, driveway, parking area or outdoor cleaning location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePressure Washer with Spray Gun and Extension Lance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplied spray gun helps the operator control and direct the high-pressure water jet towards the required cleaning surface. An extension lance is also shown in the supplier image, allowing users to maintain a more comfortable working distance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe water jet should always be tested from a safe distance before moving closer to a vehicle or delicate surface. Concentrated high-pressure water should not be held continuously over paint edges, stickers, rubber seals, bearings, sensors or electrical components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFoam Bottle for Car Shampoo Application\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA foam bottle is included with the XLNT XTHPW0628. It can be used to apply compatible car shampoo, bike-cleaning solution or another suitable detergent before rinsing the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers should follow the detergent manufacturer‚Äôs recommended dilution ratio and avoid using thick or unsuitable chemicals that may block the foam bottle or connectors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Hose and Connector Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image shows both a yellow inlet hose and a black high-pressure hose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe inlet hose supplies water from the source to the pressure washer, while the high-pressure hose carries pressurised water from the machine to the spray gun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA water-inlet filter is also shown. The filter helps reduce the entry of visible dirt and particles into the pump. Connectors and adapters are supplied for assembling the water-inlet and pressure-hose connections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT XTHPW0628 is a practical option for customers looking for a trolley-style electric pressure washer with strong listed specifications and a useful set of vehicle-cleaning accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2750W listed power rating\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e270 bar listed pressure\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e8.5 L\/min water flow rate\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e220V rated voltage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e50‚Äì60Hz operating frequency\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTrolley-style metal frame\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarge transport wheels\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntegrated movement handle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh-pressure spray gun\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExtension lance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFoam bottle for detergent application\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater-inlet hose\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh-pressure outlet hose\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater-inlet filter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuick connectors and adapters\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for vehicle and outdoor surface cleaning\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"XLNT","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42042425278519,"sku":"XTHPW0628","price":8999.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/PRESSUREWASHER..png?v=1784881176"},{"product_id":"xlnt-high-pressure-washer-xthpw162","title":"XLNT 3000W High Pressure Washer 300 Bar XTHPW162","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eXLNT 3000W High Pressure Washer for Vehicle and Outdoor Cleaning\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eXLNT XTHPW162 3000W High Pressure Washer\u003c\/strong\u003e is a powerful electric cleaning machine designed for washing cars, bikes, outdoor floors and other suitable washable surfaces. Its open-frame construction, integrated carrying handle and supplied cleaning accessories make it a practical choice for users who need strong water pressure in a portable format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine has a listed power rating of \u003cstrong\u003e3000W\u003c\/strong\u003e and operates on a rated voltage of \u003cstrong\u003e220V\u003c\/strong\u003e. It delivers a stated working pressure of \u003cstrong\u003e300 bar\u003c\/strong\u003e, helping users loosen mud, dust and surface dirt during regular vehicle and outdoor cleaning tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier specification image lists the flow rate as \u003cstrong\u003e15 L\u003c\/strong\u003e. Since the time measurement is not displayed, the website should use ‚Äú15 L listed flow rate‚Äù rather than claiming 15 litres per minute until the supplier confirms the complete unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePortable Open-Frame Pressure Washer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT XTHPW162 features a strong tubular frame surrounding the motor and pump assembly. This frame provides a stable base during use and includes a large upper handle for lifting, carrying and repositioning the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts exposed pump layout provides convenient access to the inlet and outlet connection points. The compact frame design also makes the pressure washer easier to store when not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore starting the machine, users should securely connect the inlet hose, outlet hose and spray gun. A proper water supply must reach the pump before the pressure washer is switched on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHigh Pressure Washer with Spray Gun and Hoses\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image shows a pressure-washer spray gun for directing the water jet towards the required cleaning area. The gun allows the user to control the spray while maintaining an appropriate working distance from the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn inlet hose and outlet hose are also shown with the product. The inlet hose supplies water to the machine, while the outlet hose connects the pressure washer to the spray gun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmall connector accessories are displayed in the supplier image for assembling the cleaning setup. A towel is also shown for wiping or finishing cleaned surfaces after washing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable Cleaning Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT XTHPW162 can be used for suitable cleaning work such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCar washing\u003cbr\u003eMotorcycle and scooter cleaning\u003cbr\u003eOutdoor tiled-floor cleaning\u003cbr\u003eDriveway and pathway cleaning\u003cbr\u003ePatio cleaning\u003cbr\u003eHome garage cleaning\u003cbr\u003eGarden furniture washing\u003cbr\u003eBoundary-wall cleaning\u003cbr\u003eRemoving loose dirt from washable tools\u003cbr\u003eGeneral outdoor surface cleaning\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen cleaning vehicles, begin from a safe spraying distance. Do not hold the concentrated water jet continuously over stickers, paint edges, rubber seals, bearings, sensors or electrical components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT XTHPW162 is suitable for customers looking for a high-powered electric pressure washer with a portable frame, strong listed pressure and essential cleaning accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e3000W listed power rating\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e300 bar working pressure\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e15 L listed flow rate\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e220V rated voltage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePortable tubular frame\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntegrated carrying handle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePressure gauge visible on the pump assembly\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh-pressure spray gun\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInlet hose included\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOutlet hose included\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConnector accessories included\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCleaning towel shown in the package\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStable open-frame construction\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for vehicle and outdoor surface cleaning\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorded electric operation\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"XLNT","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42042425311287,"sku":"XTHPW162","price":9799.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/XTHPW-162-HIGH-PRESSURE-WASHER-XLNT.jpg?v=1780030272"},{"product_id":"thor-high-pressure-washer-thhpw22007","title":"THOR 2100W Pressure Washer 240 Bar THHPW-2-2007","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eTHOR 2100W High Pressure Washer for Car and Bike Cleaning\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eTHOR 2100W High Pressure Washer THHPW-2-2007\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact electric cleaning machine designed for washing cars, bikes, outdoor floors and other suitable washable surfaces. Its portable body and useful accessory set make it a practical choice for customers who need faster and more effective cleaning than an ordinary water hose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pressure washer has a listed power rating of \u003cstrong\u003e2100W\u003c\/strong\u003e and delivers a stated working pressure of \u003cstrong\u003e240 bar\u003c\/strong\u003e. This strong water pressure helps loosen mud, dust and surface dirt from vehicles, tiled areas, patios, pathways and outdoor household surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image also lists an \u003cstrong\u003e8.5 L flow rate\u003c\/strong\u003e. Since the time measurement is not mentioned, it should be displayed only as an 8.5 L listed flow rate until the complete specification is confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePortable Electric Pressure Washer with 210V Operation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe THOR THHPW-2-2007 operates on a rated voltage of \u003cstrong\u003e210V\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its corded electric operation removes the need for petrol or rechargeable batteries, making it convenient for routine vehicle and home cleaning where a suitable electrical connection is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine features a compact body with an integrated carrying handle. This design makes it easier to lift, move and store after use. The stable lower supports help position the pressure washer properly during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore switching on the machine, the water supply, hoses and connectors should be attached securely. Water should reach the pump before operation because running a pressure washer without water may damage its internal parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePressure Washer with Spray Gun and Foam Bottle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image shows a spray gun with an extension lance. The lance helps direct the water jet towards the required cleaning area while allowing the user to maintain a safer and more comfortable working distance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA foam bottle is also included in the displayed accessory set. It can be used to apply compatible car shampoo, bike-cleaning solution or other suitable detergent before rinsing the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product image additionally shows black and yellow hoses, an inlet filter and multiple connectors or adapters. These accessories help create a more complete setup for regular vehicle and outdoor cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Vehicles and Outdoor Home Cleaning\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe THOR 240 bar pressure washer can be used for suitable applications such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCar washing\u003cbr\u003eMotorcycle and scooter cleaning\u003cbr\u003eOutdoor floor cleaning\u003cbr\u003eDriveway and pathway cleaning\u003cbr\u003ePatio and balcony cleaning\u003cbr\u003eHome garage cleaning\u003cbr\u003eGarden furniture washing\u003cbr\u003eBoundary-wall cleaning\u003cbr\u003eRemoving loose dirt with suitable tools\u003cbr\u003eGeneral outdoor household cleaning\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen cleaning vehicles, begin from a safe spraying distance. Avoid directing concentrated high-pressure water continuously towards paint edges, stickers, rubber seals, bearings, sensors or electrical components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe THOR THHPW-2-2007 is a useful choice for customers looking for a portable electric pressure washer with strong listed pressure, a foam-bottle attachment and a practical set of cleaning accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2100W listed power rating\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e240 bar working pressure\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e8.5 L listed flow rate\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e210V rated voltage\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompact electric pressure-washer body\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntegrated top carrying handle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpray gun with extension lance\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFoam bottle for detergent application\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlack hose shown in the package\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYellow hose shown in the package\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater-inlet filter included\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConnectors and adapters included\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for car and bike cleaning\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for outdoor floors and washable surfaces\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePortable design for easier movement and storage\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"THOR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42042425344055,"sku":"THHPW-2-2007","price":4399.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/THHPW-2-2007-PRESSURE-WASHER.jpg?v=1780030275"},{"product_id":"parksiide-high-pressure-washer-pks1402303","title":"PARKSIDE 2100W Pressure Washer 210 Bar PKS-1402303","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003ePARKSIDE 2100W High Pressure Washer for Vehicle and Outdoor Cleaning\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ePARKSIDE 2100W High Pressure Washer PKS-1402303\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact electric cleaning machine designed for washing cars, bikes, floors and other suitable outdoor surfaces. It combines a listed 2100W power rating with 210 bar working pressure, helping users remove mud, dust and surface dirt more effectively than an ordinary water hose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine operates on a rated voltage of 220V and has a listed no-load speed of 2800 RPM. Its supplier specification image also mentions an 8.5 L flow rate. However, because the image does not clearly state whether this measurement is per minute, the complete flow-rate unit should be confirmed before publishing it as 8.5 L\/min.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompact Electric Pressure Washer with Portable Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PARKSIDE PKS-1402303 features a compact body with an integrated top carrying handle. This design makes the pressure washer easier to move between the vehicle-washing area, garage, driveway, patio or other cleaning locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts electric operation eliminates the need for petrol or rechargeable batteries. Users can connect the machine to a suitable 220V electrical supply and a proper water source before starting the cleaning process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pressure washer should always receive an uninterrupted water supply during use. Operating the pump without water may damage internal components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePressure Washer with Spray Gun and Foam Bottle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplier image shows a spray gun with an extension lance for directing the high-pressure water jet towards the required area. The extended lance helps users maintain a comfortable distance while cleaning vehicles, floors and outdoor surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA foam bottle is also shown with the product. It can be used to apply compatible car shampoo, bike wash or cleaning solution before rinsing the surface with water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package image additionally shows hoses, a water filter, connectors or adapters and a cleaning cloth. These accessories make the PARKSIDE pressure washer suitable for customers looking for a more complete cleaning setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Cars, Bikes and Home Cleaning\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PARKSIDE 2100W high pressure washer can be used for routine cleaning applications such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCar washing\u003cbr\u003eMotorcycle and scooter cleaning\u003cbr\u003eOutdoor floor cleaning\u003cbr\u003eDriveway cleaning\u003cbr\u003ePatio and balcony cleaning\u003cbr\u003eHome garage cleaning\u003cbr\u003eGarden furniture cleaning\u003cbr\u003eWashable wall and boundary-surface cleaning\u003cbr\u003eRemoving loose mud and dirt from suitable tools\u003cbr\u003eGeneral outdoor household cleaning\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen cleaning cars or bikes, users should begin from a safe spraying distance. Avoid holding the water jet continuously over paint, stickers, rubber seals, bearings, electrical connections, sensors or delicate components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PARKSIDE PKS-1402303 is a practical choice for customers who need a portable electric pressure washer with strong listed specifications and useful cleaning accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2100W listed power rating\u003cbr\u003e210 bar working pressure\u003cbr\u003e8.5 L listed flow rate\u003cbr\u003e2800 RPM no-load speed\u003cbr\u003e220V rated voltage\u003cbr\u003eCompact electric pressure-washer body\u003cbr\u003eIntegrated carrying handle\u003cbr\u003eSpray gun with extension lance\u003cbr\u003eFoam bottle for cleaning solution\u003cbr\u003eHigh-pressure hose shown in package\u003cbr\u003eWater-inlet hose shown in package\u003cbr\u003eWater filter included\u003cbr\u003eConnectors and adapters shown\u003cbr\u003eCleaning cloth included\u003cbr\u003eSuitable for vehicle and outdoor cleaning\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PARKSIIDE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42042425376823,"sku":"PKS-1402303","price":4699.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/PARKSIIDE.webp?v=1780030276"},{"product_id":"xlnt-high-pressure-washer-xthpw-180","title":"XLNT 2750W High Pressure Washer, 270 Bar  XTHPW-180","description":"\u003ch2\u003eXLNT 2750W High Pressure Washer for Cars and Home Cleaning\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT XTHPW-180 2750W High Pressure Washer is a powerful electric cleaning machine designed for washing cars, bikes, floors, driveways, patios, walls and other outdoor household surfaces. Its compact body, integrated carrying handle and complete accessory set make it a practical option for users who need stronger and faster cleaning than an ordinary garden hose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePowered by a listed 2750W motor, the XLNT XTHPW-180 delivers a stated maximum pressure of 270 bar with a water flow rate of up to 12 litres per minute. This combination helps loosen mud, dust and surface dirt while covering a wider cleaning area efficiently. The machine operates on a 220V electrical supply with a frequency range of 50-60Hz. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePortable Pressure Washer with Pressure Gauge\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT XTHPW-180 features an integrated pressure gauge that allows the user to view the pressure level during operation. A top-mounted power switch and control knob are positioned for convenient access, while the built-in handle makes the machine easier to carry between different cleaning locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts stable base helps keep the pressure washer properly positioned during operation. The compact construction is useful for home garages, vehicle-cleaning areas, balconies, patios and outdoor spaces where a larger trolley-style pressure washer may be inconvenient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Accessories for Car and Outdoor Cleaning\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pressure washer is supplied with a spray gun and extension lance for directing the water jet towards the required surface. A foam bottle is included for applying car shampoo or compatible cleaning solution during vehicle washing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe accessory set shown on the official product images also includes a 5-metre high-pressure hose, water-inlet hose, inlet filter, quick connectors, adapters and a microfiber cleaning cloth. These accessories help users connect the machine, apply foam and complete regular vehicle and household cleaning tasks. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Cars, Bikes, Floors and Outdoor Surfaces\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT 2750W high-pressure washer can be used for cleaning:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCars and SUVs\u003cbr\u003eMotorcycles and scooters\u003cbr\u003eHome floors and tiled areas\u003cbr\u003eDriveways and pathways\u003cbr\u003ePatios and outdoor spaces\u003cbr\u003eBoundary walls\u003cbr\u003eGarden furniture\u003cbr\u003eHome garages\u003cbr\u003eLight mud and dirt from tools\u003cbr\u003eSuitable washable outdoor surfaces\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen washing vehicles, the water jet should not be held extremely close to paint, stickers, rubber seals, electrical components or delicate surfaces. Start from a safe distance and move closer only when required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRecommended Usage Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe official product image identifies this pressure washer for domestic use and recommends taking a short break after every 15-20 minutes of operation to help prevent overheating. It should therefore not be marketed as a continuous-duty commercial car-wash or industrial pressure washer unless a different duty rating is officially confirmed. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor longer machine life, always ensure proper water supply before switching on the unit. Do not run the pump without water, and clean the inlet filter regularly to prevent dirt from entering the pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT XTHPW-180 is suitable for customers looking for a portable electric pressure washer with strong listed specifications, useful accessories and convenient operation for routine vehicle and household cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h1\u003e","brand":"XLNT","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42042425409591,"sku":"XTHPW-180","price":6499.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/1-5_70d15980-decf-4752-ad9b-66d070ff4312.jpg?v=1780030280"},{"product_id":"xlnt-gasoline-chainsaw-62cc-22","title":"XLNT 62CC 2-Stroke Petrol Chainsaw , XTGCS1272","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eXLNT XTGCS1272 62CC Petrol Chainsaw\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eXLNT XTGCS1272 62CC petrol chainsaw\u003c\/strong\u003e is a powerful wood-cutting machine designed for tree felling, large-log cutting, firewood processing, agricultural maintenance, forestry work and land clearing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt uses a 62CC two-stroke petrol engine with a listed output of up to 2.8kW. The current product page lists a 22-inch guide bar, 530mm maximum cutting length, chain brake, anti-kickback protection, automatic chain lubrication and low-vibration ergonomic handles. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts petrol-powered construction allows the machine to operate in farms, plantations, forests, construction areas and remote locations where direct electrical power may not be available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe long guide-bar system is intended for suitable heavy wood-cutting jobs, while the balanced body and anti-vibration positioning help the operator maintain better control during demanding cutting applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePowerful 62CC Two-Stroke Petrol Engine\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT XTGCS1272 is equipped with a listed 62CC two-stroke petrol engine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe engine is suitable for compatible applications such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTree felling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge-log cutting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirewood preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimber sectioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFarm maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForestry work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFallen-tree processing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAgricultural land clearing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy garden maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral wood processing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA two-stroke engine normally requires petrol to be mixed with suitable two-stroke engine oil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe correct fuel-mixing ratio is not stated in the supplied information. Do not guess the ratio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended catalogue wording:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFuel Type: Petrol\/Gasoline\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEngine Type: Two-stroke\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFuel-Mixing Ratio: Refer to the physical machine label or user manual\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsing an incorrect petrol-and-oil mixture may cause:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDifficult starting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcessive exhaust smoke\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduced engine performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpark-plug deposits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine overheating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiston or cylinder damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePremature engine failure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eUp to 2.8kW Listed Power Output\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe chainsaw has a listed power output of up to 2.8kW. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis power rating supports demanding cutting through compatible timber when the machine is correctly maintained and fitted with a sharp, properly tensioned chain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual performance depends on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimber hardness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLog diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChain sharpness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuide-bar condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChain lubrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel quality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarburettor adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAir-filter cleanliness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperator technique\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not force the chainsaw through the material. Allow the chain to perform the cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e22-Inch Guide Bar Requires Final Confirmation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current product page lists a 22-inch guide bar, while the supplied image appears to show an 18-inch specification. The physical guide-bar marking should be checked before publication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA long guide bar may be suitable for the following:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge logs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMature tree sections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirewood timber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFallen branches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFarm wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForestry applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy wood processing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe full guide-bar length should not automatically be advertised as the maximum safe single-pass cutting diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e530mm Listed Maximum Cutting Length\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine has a listed maximum cutting length of 530mm. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual cutting capacity depends on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuide-bar size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChain specification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimber shape\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWood hardness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting angle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperator experience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChain sharpness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafe cutting method\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid using the machine beyond its verified guide-bar and chain capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eListed 2800 RPM Speed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplied specification and product page list a speed of 2800 RPM.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended wording:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eListed No-Load Speed: 2800 RPM\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not describe this value as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum engine speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum chain speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClutch-engagement speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRated cutting speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eunless the manufacturer confirms the exact test condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChain Brake\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current product page lists a chain brake as a safety and control feature. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA chain brake is designed to stop or reduce chain movement during certain kickback or emergencies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore every use:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the front hand guard moves correctly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest the chain-brake engagement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm that the brake releases correctly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the mechanism for sawdust\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck for cracks or damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not operate if the brake is defective\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA chain brake reduces risk but does not eliminate kickback.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAnti-Kickback Protection\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine is listed with an anti-kickback system. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKickback may occur when the upper tip area of the guide bar contacts timber or another object, causing the chainsaw to move suddenly toward the operator.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo reduce kickback risk:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHold the chainsaw firmly with both hands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep thumbs wrapped around the handles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid cutting with the guide-bar nose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintain a sharp chain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the correct chain type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not cut above shoulder height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the working area clear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintain stable footing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid cutting multiple loose branches together\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAutomatic Chain Oiler\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current listing confirms an automatic chain-oiling system. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAutomatic lubrication helps deliver chain oil to the guide bar and chain during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore use:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill the chain-oil tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck for oil leakage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm oil reaches the chain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the guide-bar oil holes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse approved bar-and-chain oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the oil pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNever operate the machine with a dry chain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInsufficient lubrication can cause:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuide-bar overheating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRapid chain wear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSprocket damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncreased friction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChain seizure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePremature component failure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLow-Vibration Ergonomic Handles\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current page lists low-vibration ergonomic handles and a balanced body for controlled cutting. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe anti-vibration construction is intended to reduce the amount of engine and cutting vibration transferred to the operator.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual vibration depends on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChain balance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChain sharpness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuide-bar condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine tuning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnti-vibration mount condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimber hardness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoose components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStop using the chainsaw if vibration suddenly increases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBalanced Body for Better Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine is designed with front and rear handles for two-handed operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorrect holding position:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeft hand on the front handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRight hand on the rear handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBoth thumbs wrapped around the handles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArms positioned for control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet placed securely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBody kept away from the cutting line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNever operate a standard petrol chainsaw with one hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Tree Felling\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current listing identifies tree felling as a use case. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTree felling is a high-risk activity requiring:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProper training\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTree-condition assessment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlanned felling direction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEscape routes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable cutting technique\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrect wedges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAwareness of nearby property\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControl of people and animals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttention to overhead branches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable weather conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarge, leaning, damaged or hazardous trees should be handled by trained forestry professionals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Large-Log Cutting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe chainsaw is positioned for large-log cutting. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore cutting logs:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the log against rolling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck for nails or metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdentify compression and tension points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport the timber properly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid trapping the guide bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the chain away from soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse wedges where required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintain a clear working area\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact with soil, stones or metal can quickly damage the chain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Firewood Processing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine may be used for cutting compatible timber into firewood.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor safer firewood work:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a stable saw horse where appropriate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the log supported\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid cutting unstable piles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintain safe spacing from others\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the guide bar away from the ground\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStop the engine before repositioning timber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear full chainsaw protective equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Agricultural Work\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current page lists agricultural work among the main applications. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePotential uses include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFallen-branch removal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFarm-boundary maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirewood processing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrchard maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimber sectioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLand-clearing preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting damaged wooden structures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral farm wood processing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid operating near:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLivestock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry flammable vegetation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectrical cables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFencing wire\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIrrigation pipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMoving vehicles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Forestry Professionals\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe listing positions the chainsaw for forestry professionals and heavy-duty wood-cutting users. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional forestry operation requires:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved personal protective equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChainsaw training\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafe felling procedures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRegular machine inspection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrect chain sharpening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable guide-bar maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProper fuel storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmergency planning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Land Clearing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe chainsaw may support suitable land-clearing applications involving trees, logs and fallen timber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt should not be used as a brush cutter for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall weeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGround vegetation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoose vines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoil-level clearing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial containing wire or stones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the correct machine for each vegetation type.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eManual Recoil Starting System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe chainsaw appears to use a manual recoil starter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended starting procedure:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck fuel and chain-oil levels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the chain and guide bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngage the chain brake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the machine on stable ground\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the chain clear of objects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet the ignition switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperate the primer bulb if fitted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet the choke according to the engine temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHold the front handle securely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePull the starter cord smoothly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow the engine to warm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelease the choke gradually\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm stable idle before cutting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNever drop-start the chainsaw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChain Tension\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorrect chain tension is essential for safe operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA properly adjusted chain should:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSit securely in the guide-bar groove\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMove freely by hand when the engine is off\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot sag below the bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot be excessively tight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn correctly after being lifted slightly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA loose chain may derail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn excessively tight chain may:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverheat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamage the bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamage the sprocket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncrease engine load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduce cutting performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck chain tension regularly, especially when using a new chain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChain Sharpening\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA dull chain may cause:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlow cutting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine sawdust instead of chips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcessive vibration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncreased fuel consumption\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuide-bar heating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreater kickback risk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncreased operator fatigue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSharpen the chain using the correct:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFile diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFiling angle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth-gauge setting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutter length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChain specification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReplace damaged chains rather than attempting unsafe repairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGuide-Bar Maintenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor longer guide-bar life:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the bar groove\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the oil holes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove compacted sawdust\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the rails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck for uneven wear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRotate the guide bar when recommended\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the nose sprocket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm correct chain fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplace bent or cracked bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAir-Filter Maintenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA dirty air filter may cause:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduced engine power\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePoor acceleration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDifficult starting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcessive fuel consumption\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRich fuel mixture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncreased deposits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine overheating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean or replace the filter according to the working environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpark-Plug Maintenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the spark plug periodically for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarbon deposits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorn electrodes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncorrect gap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCracked insulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel contamination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoose electrical connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse only the manufacturer-specified spark plug.\u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eXLNT XTGCS1272 62CC Petrol Chainsaw\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eXLNT XTGCS1272 62CC petrol chainsaw\u003c\/strong\u003e is a powerful wood-cutting machine designed for tree felling, large-log cutting, firewood processing, agricultural maintenance, forestry work and land clearing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt uses a 62CC two-stroke petrol engine with a listed output of up to 2.8kW. The current product page lists a 22-inch guide bar, 530mm maximum cutting length, chain brake, anti-kickback protection, automatic chain lubrication and low-vibration ergonomic handles. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts petrol-powered construction allows the machine to operate in farms, plantations, forests, construction areas and remote locations where direct electrical power may not be available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe long guide-bar system is intended for suitable heavy wood-cutting jobs, while the balanced body and anti-vibration positioning help the operator maintain better control during demanding cutting applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePowerful 62CC Two-Stroke Petrol Engine\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT XTGCS1272 is equipped with a listed 62CC two-stroke petrol engine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe engine is suitable for compatible applications such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTree felling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge-log cutting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirewood preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimber sectioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFarm maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForestry work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFallen-tree processing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAgricultural land clearing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy garden maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral wood processing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA two-stroke engine normally requires petrol to be mixed with suitable two-stroke engine oil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe correct fuel-mixing ratio is not stated in the supplied information. Do not guess the ratio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended catalogue wording:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFuel Type: Petrol\/Gasoline\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEngine Type: Two Stroke\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFuel-Mixing Ratio: Refer to the physical machine label or user manual\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsing an incorrect petrol-and-oil mixture may cause:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDifficult starting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcessive exhaust smoke\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduced engine performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpark-plug deposits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine overheating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiston or cylinder damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePremature engine failure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eUp to 2.8kW Listed Power Output\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe chainsaw has a listed power output of up to 2.8kW. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis power rating supports demanding cutting through compatible timber when the machine is correctly maintained and fitted with a sharp, properly tensioned chain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual performance depends on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimber hardness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLog diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChain sharpness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuide-bar condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChain lubrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel quality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarburettor adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAir-filter cleanliness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperator technique\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not force the chainsaw through the material. Allow the chain to perform the cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e22-Inch Guide Bar Requires Final Confirmation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current product page lists a 22-inch guide bar, while the supplied image appears to show an 18-inch specification. The physical guide-bar marking should be checked before publication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA long guide bar may be suitable for compatible:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge logs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMature tree sections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirewood timber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFallen branches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFarm wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForestry applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy wood processing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe full guide-bar length should not automatically be advertised as the maximum safe single-pass cutting diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e530mm Listed Maximum Cutting Length\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine has a listed maximum cutting length of 530mm. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual cutting capacity depends on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuide-bar size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChain specification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimber shape\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWood hardness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting angle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperator experience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChain sharpness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafe cutting method\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid using the machine beyond its verified guide-bar and chain capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eListed 2800 RPM Speed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplied specification and product page list a speed of 2800 RPM.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended wording:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eListed No-Load Speed: 2800 RPM\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not describe this value as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum engine speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum chain speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClutch-engagement speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRated cutting speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eunless the manufacturer confirms the exact test condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChain Brake\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current product page lists a chain brake as a safety and control feature. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA chain brake is designed to stop or reduce chain movement during certain kickback or emergency situations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore every use:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the front hand guard moves correctly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest the chain-brake engagement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm that the brake releases correctly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the mechanism for sawdust\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck for cracks or damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not operate if the brake is defective\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA chain brake reduces risk but does not eliminate kickback.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAnti-Kickback Protection\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine is listed with an anti-kickback system. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKickback may occur when the upper tip area of the guide bar contacts timber or another object, causing the chainsaw to move suddenly toward the operator.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo reduce kickback risk:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHold the chainsaw firmly with both hands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep thumbs wrapped around the handles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid cutting with the guide-bar nose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintain a sharp chain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the correct chain type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not cut above shoulder height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the working area clear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintain stable footing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid cutting multiple loose branches together\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAutomatic Chain Oiler\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current listing confirms an automatic chain-oiling system. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAutomatic lubrication helps deliver chain oil to the guide bar and chain during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore use:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill the chain-oil tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck for oil leakage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm oil reaches the chain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the guide-bar oil holes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse approved bar-and-chain oil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the oil pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNever operate the machine with a dry chain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInsufficient lubrication can cause:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuide-bar overheating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRapid chain wear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSprocket damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncreased friction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChain seizure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePremature component failure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLow-Vibration Ergonomic Handles\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current page lists low-vibration ergonomic handles and a balanced body for controlled cutting. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe anti-vibration construction is intended to reduce the amount of engine and cutting vibration transferred to the operator.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual vibration depends on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChain balance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChain sharpness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuide-bar condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine tuning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnti-vibration mount condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimber hardness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoose components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStop using the chainsaw if vibration suddenly increases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBalanced Body for Better Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine is designed with front and rear handles for two-handed operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorrect holding position:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeft hand on the front handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRight hand on the rear handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBoth thumbs wrapped around the handles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArms positioned for control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeet placed securely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBody kept away from the cutting line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNever operate a standard petrol chainsaw with one hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Tree Felling\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current listing identifies tree felling as a use case. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTree felling is a high-risk activity requiring:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProper training\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTree-condition assessment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlanned felling direction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEscape routes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable cutting technique\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrect wedges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAwareness of nearby property\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControl of people and animals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttention to overhead branches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable weather conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarge, leaning, damaged or hazardous trees should be handled by trained forestry professionals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Large-Log Cutting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe chainsaw is positioned for large-log cutting. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore cutting logs:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the log against rolling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck for nails or metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdentify compression and tension points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport the timber properly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid trapping the guide bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the chain away from soil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse wedges where required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintain a clear working area\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact with soil, stones or metal can quickly damage the chain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Firewood Processing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine may be used for cutting compatible timber into firewood.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor safer firewood work:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a stable saw horse where appropriate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the log supported\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid cutting unstable piles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintain safe spacing from others\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the guide bar away from the ground\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStop the engine before repositioning timber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear full chainsaw protective equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Agricultural Work\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current page lists agricultural work among the main applications. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePotential uses include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFallen-branch removal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFarm-boundary maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirewood processing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrchard maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimber sectioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLand-clearing preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting damaged wooden structures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral farm wood processing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid operating near:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLivestock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry flammable vegetation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectrical cables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFencing wire\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIrrigation pipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMoving vehicles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Forestry Professionals\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe listing positions the chainsaw for forestry professionals and heavy-duty wood-cutting users. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional forestry operation requires:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved personal protective equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChainsaw training\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafe felling procedures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRegular machine inspection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrect chain sharpening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable guide-bar maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProper fuel storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmergency planning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Land Clearing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe chainsaw may support suitable land-clearing applications involving trees, logs and fallen timber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt should not be used as a brush cutter for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall weeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGround vegetation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoose vines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoil-level clearing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial containing wire or stones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the correct machine for each vegetation type.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eManual Recoil Starting System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe chainsaw appears to use a manual recoil starter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended starting procedure:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck fuel and chain-oil levels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the chain and guide bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngage the chain brake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the machine on stable ground\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the chain clear of objects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet the ignition switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperate the primer bulb if fitted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet the choke according to the engine temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHold the front handle securely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePull the starter cord smoothly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow the engine to warm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelease the choke gradually\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm stable idle before cutting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNever drop-start the chainsaw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChain Tension\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorrect chain tension is essential for safe operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA properly adjusted chain should:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSit securely in the guide-bar groove\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMove freely by hand when the engine is off\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot sag below the bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot be excessively tight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn correctly after being lifted slightly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA loose chain may derail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn excessively tight chain may:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverheat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamage the bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamage the sprocket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncrease engine load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduce cutting performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck chain tension regularly, especially when using a new chain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChain Sharpening\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA dull chain may cause:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlow cutting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine sawdust instead of chips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcessive vibration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncreased fuel consumption\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuide-bar heating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreater kickback risk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncreased operator fatigue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSharpen the chain using the correct:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFile diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFiling angle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth-gauge setting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutter length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChain specification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReplace damaged chains rather than attempting unsafe repairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGuide-Bar Maintenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor longer guide-bar life:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the bar groove\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the oil holes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove compacted sawdust\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the rails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck for uneven wear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRotate the guide bar when recommended\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the nose sprocket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm correct chain fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplace bent or cracked bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAir-Filter Maintenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA dirty air filter may cause:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduced engine power\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePoor acceleration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDifficult starting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcessive fuel consumption\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRich fuel mixture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncreased deposits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine overheating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean or replace the filter according to the working environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpark-Plug Maintenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the spark plug periodically for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarbon deposits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorn electrodes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncorrect gap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCracked insulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel contamination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoose electrical connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse only the manufacturer-specified spark plug.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\u003chr\u003e","brand":"XLNT","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42042425475127,"sku":"XTGCS1272","price":7099.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/CHAINSAW-XLNTXTGCS12-72.jpg?v=1780030281"},{"product_id":"xlnt-brush-cutter-32-6cc-xtbc-17-x35","title":"XLNT Four-Stroke Petrol Brush Cutter  XTBC17 X35","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eXLNT XTBC17 X35 Four-Stroke Petrol Brush Cutter\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eXLNT XTBC17 X35 petrol brush cutter\u003c\/strong\u003e is designed for grass cutting, weed clearing, field-edge maintenance, garden cleaning, farm work, landscaping and regular outdoor property maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt uses a listed four-stroke petrol engine and supports both a metal cutting blade and a trimmer head. This allows the operator to select a suitable cutting attachment according to the vegetation, working area and required finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe straight shaft, bicycle-style handle and shoulder-supported operating design help provide balanced handling across gardens, farms, open plots and field boundaries. The current product listing positions it for workers, property owners and users handling daily outdoor cutting tasks. Four-Stroke Petrol Engine\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe brush cutter is listed with a four-stroke petrol engine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA four-stroke engine generally uses petrol in the fuel tank and separate engine oil in the crankcase. Do not mix two-stroke oil directly with petrol unless the machine manual specifically instructs it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePotential advantages of a four-stroke brush cutter include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeparate petrol and engine-oil systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduced need for petrol-and-oil premixing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth engine operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable low-speed control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePractical use for regular property maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConvenient refuelling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable operation across farms and gardens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore starting the machine, confirm:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrect petrol grade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrect engine-oil grade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine-oil capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOil-filling position\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOil-change interval\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel-tank capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStarting procedure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended idle-speed setting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOperating a four-stroke engine without sufficient engine oil may cause severe internal damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eEngine Capacity Requires Verification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplied image lists a displacement;\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e the current product page identifies the machine as a 32.6CC brush cutter. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the following temporary specification:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMarketed Engine Capacity: 32.6CC\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlternative Supplied Specification: 36CC\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinal Engine Displacement: Verify from physical engine label\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not use ‚Äú32.6CC\/36CC‚Äù as though it were a normal engine range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRated Power Requires Verification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplied ima\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eer of 1.65kW, while the product page lists a rated power output of 0.85kW. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended temporary specification:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated Power Output: Verify before publication\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe correct value should be taken from:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhysical engine label\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer catalogue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImport or packing specification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTested model documentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not use the conflicting power figures for generator calculations, performance comparisons or advertising claims.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e1200ml Listed Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplied specification image states a capacity of 1200ml.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended wording until verified:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eListed Capacity: 1200ml\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity Type: Not identified\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirm whether this refers to the fuel tank before publishing:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFuel-Tank Capacity: 1.2 Litres\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlso confirm the separate engine-oil capacity, because a four-stroke engine requires engine lubrication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCarburettor Type Requires Verification: ‚Äúdiaphragm type,‚Äù while the live page lists a float-type carburettor. \u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCarburettor Type: Verify from the physical engine or manufacturer manual\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not publish both carburettor types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe carburettor influences:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStarting behaviour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine operation at different angles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdle stability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance method\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacement Metal Cutting Blade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current package listing includes a cutting blade. A metal cutting blade may be suitable for compatible:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThick grass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDense weeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry vegetation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight brush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eField edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFarm boundaries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOvergrown areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blade should not be used for cutting:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge woody stems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConcrete\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetal wire\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFence posts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHard objects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial beyond its rated capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore use, confirm:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade bore size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of teeth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade thickness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum permitted RPM\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrect rotation direction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible blade-guard method\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTrimmer Head\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current listing also includes a trimmer head. A nylon-line trimmer head may be suitable for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLawn edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft grass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight weeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAreas around trees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBoundary lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden borders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAreas near walls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinishing around obstacles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirm:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNylon-line diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrimmer-head thread\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHead rotation direction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum supported line size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLine-loading method\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacement-head compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not install oversized line because it may overload the engine and cutting system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStraight-Shaft Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product image shows a long straight-shaft configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA straight shaft supports reach beneath bushes, along field edges and across suitable open areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore use, inspect:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShaft connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGear-head fasteners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandle clamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrive-shaft movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtective tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThrottle cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStop-switch cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStop using the machine if the shaft becomes bent, loose or unusually hot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBicycle-Style Handle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine uses a bicycle-style handle arrangement to help the operator guide the cutting head with both hands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePotential handling benefits include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBalanced left-to-right movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBetter control across open areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStable sweeping action\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduced wrist concentration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore comfortable field operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproved positioning of the cutting attachment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe handle should be adjusted to suit the operator before starting the engine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck that:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandle bolts are tight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThrottle control is secure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStop switch works\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrip surfaces are undamaged\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCables move freely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandle position does not restrict control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLow-Vibration Product Positioning\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current product page describes the brush-vibration design intended to reduce fatigue during extended outdoor work\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual vibration depends on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade balance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrimmer-head condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine tuning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShaft alignment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGear-head condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting attachment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoose fasteners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperating speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegetation density\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStop the engine if vibration becomes excessive or suddenly changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Grass Cutting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XTBC17 X35 is intended for compatible grass-cutting applications, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden grass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFarm grass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eField edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProperty boundaries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen plots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePathway sides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrchard areas\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine is also positioned for weed trimming. Potential applications include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeasonal weeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eField growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOvergrown boundaries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFarm edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGarden corners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacant plots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFence lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoadside property edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the area before cutting and remove:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWire\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRope\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetal pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlastic sheets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHidden obstacles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHard debris\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese objects may be thrown at high speed by the cutting attachment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSui\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003ee product page positions the machine for farms and field-edge maintenance.\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePotential farm applications include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eField-boundary cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrass control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrchard maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePathway clearing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeed removal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFence-line maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAround irrigation areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral vegetation control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not operate close to exposed irrigation pipes, electrical cables, fencing wire or livestock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Garden Maintenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe brush cutter is suitable for compatible garden-maintenance jobs such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLawn-edge trimming\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearing around trees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting weeds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintaining pathways\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCleaning garden borders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManaging overgrowth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearing unused corners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProperty-edge maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid striking tree trunks with metal blades or trimmer line, as this can damage bark.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Landscaping Work\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLandscaping workers may use the machine for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGround preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrass reduction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBoundary maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeed clearing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinishing around landscaped areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearing before planting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen-area trimming jobs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product page lists landscaping workers among the intended users. ]\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Property Owners\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eSo positions the machine for property owners handling outdoor maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsers should be familiar with:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine starting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafe refuelling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHarness adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting-zone control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonal protective equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine-oil maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting-attachment inspection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStarting the Four-Stroke Engine\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA general starting procedure may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the machine on level ground.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the engine-oil level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd fresh petrol to the fuel tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the blade or trimmer head.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm that the cutting attachment is clear of objects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMove the stop switch to the operating position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the primer bulb if fitted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet the choke according to the engine temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHold the machine securely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePull the starter handle smoothly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow the engine to warm up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelease the choke gradually.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm stable idle before lifting the machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the actual user manual because choke and priming arrangements may vary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eShoulder Harness Requires Confirmation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrush cutters of this design are commonly operated with a shoulder harness, but the current package list does not explicitly identify one. The supplied image also does not clearly show the complete harness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended temporary wording:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShoulder Harness: Verify package inclusion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA correctly adjusted harness helps:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport machine weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBalance the cutting head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintain working height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduce arm strain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImprove emergency release\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the blade away from the operator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not operate a metal blade without the recommended harness and blade guard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBlade Guard\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplied image shows a protective cutting guard near the gear head.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore operation, confirm that:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe guard is installed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFasteners are tight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe guard matches the attachment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe guard is not cracked\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe line-cutting knife is secure where fitted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe guard does not contact the blade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe guard has not been modified\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNever operate the brush cutter without the correct guard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFuel Efficiency\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003eThe manufacturer describes the model as fuel-efficient and optimised for longer runtime. Actual fuel consumption depends on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting attachment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVegetation density\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThrottle use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarburettor condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAir-filter cleanliness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel quality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperator technique\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid making a litres-per-hour claim unless the manufacturer provides a tested fuel-consumption figure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAir-Filter Maintenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe engine air filter should be inspected regularly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA blocked air filter may cause:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduced power\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDifficult starting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncreased fuel consumption\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnstable idle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcessive exhaust smoke\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePoor throttle response\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngine overheating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean or replace the filter according to the manual and working environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eEngine-Oil Maintenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the machine is listed as a four-stroke model, the engine-oil level should be checked before operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirm:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended oil grade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOil capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDipstick or oil-level method\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirst oil-change interval\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRegular oil-change interval\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrain-plug position\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrect oil level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not overfill the engine oil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpark-Plug Maintenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the spark plug periodically for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarbon deposits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncorrect electrode gap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorn electrodes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCracked insulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuel contamination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoose connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse only the spark-plug type specified by the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGear-Head Lubrication\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lower gear head may require periodic grease lubrication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirm:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended grease\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLubrication interval\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrease-port position\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired quantity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGear-head temperature limits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not overfill the gear housing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the working area and remove stones, wire and debris.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the engine-oil level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFill the tank with fresh petrol.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the cutting blade or trimmer head.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm that the blade guard is installed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTighten all shaft and handle fasteners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjust the handle position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear the approved shoulder harness when supplied.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStart the machine on stable ground.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow the engine to warm up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHold the machine firmly with both hands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintain a controlled sweeping motion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the cutting attachment below waist level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid striking the ground or hard objects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduce throttle before moving between areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStop the engine before removing tangled vegetation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow hot components to cool before refuelling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the machine after use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eSafety Instructions\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear eye and face protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse hearing protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear gloves with secure grip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse long trousers and protective footwear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear a face shield when using a metal blade.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep people and animals away from the cutting area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the area for hidden debris.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNever operate without the cutting guard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintain a firm two-handed grip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a suitable shoulder harness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not operate above waist height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not cut near glass, vehicles or people.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStop the engine before touching the cutting head.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNever refuel while the engine is running.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow the engine to cool before refuelling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep petrol away from flames and sparks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not smoke while refuelling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe away spilt petrol before starting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use the machine indoors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStop operation if abnormal vibration develops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the hot exhaust away from dry grass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore fuel in an approved container.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInternal engine repairs should be handled by qualified technicians.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eMaintenance Instructions\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the brush cutter after every use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove grass from the cutting head and guard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck blade sharpness and condition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the trimmer line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTighten attachment fasteners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the air filter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the spark plug.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the engine-oil level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChange the engine oil as instructed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the fuel hose and tank cap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the starter rope.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the throttle cable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest the stop switch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLubricate the gear head when required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the shaft for looseness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the handle and harness mount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore the machine in a dry, ventilated location.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrain or stabilise fuel before long storage as instructed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"XLNT","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42042425507895,"sku":"XTBC 17 (X35)","price":8599.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/brush.png?v=1780030282"},{"product_id":"xlnt-airless-paint-sprayer-750w-8626","title":"XLNT 750W Airless Paint Sprayer, 3000 PSI 8626","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eXLNT 8626 Airless Paint Sprayer for Walls and Renovation Work\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eXLNT 8626 750W Airless Paint Sprayer\u003c\/strong\u003e is a portable electric painting machine designed for compatible wall coatings, ceilings, furniture, fences and general renovation work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstead of using compressed air from a separate compressor, the machine pumps coating material at high pressure through a hose and spray nozzle. This helps painters cover suitable surfaces faster than conventional brushes and rollers when the paint, pressure and spraying technique are correctly matched.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine operates on a rated \u003cstrong\u003e220V electrical supply\u003c\/strong\u003e and provides a listed maximum pressure of \u003cstrong\u003e3000 PSI\u003c\/strong\u003e, equal to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e20.7 MPa\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its listed flow rate of \u003cstrong\u003e1.2 litres per minute\u003c\/strong\u003e makes it suitable for household painting, maintenance work and compatible medium-scale projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e750W Electric Motor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT 8626 uses a \u003cstrong\u003e750W electric motor\u003c\/strong\u003e, also described as approximately 1.0 HP.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor powers the internal airless pump, which draws paint through the suction system and sends it to the spray gun through the high-pressure hose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual performance will depend on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaint type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaint thickness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNozzle condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInlet-filter cleanliness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHose condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectrical-supply stability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperating pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpraying technique\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse a properly wired 220V electrical supply. An undersized or excessively long extension cable may produce voltage drop, cable heating and reduced spraying performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e3000 PSI Maximum Pressure\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine has a listed maximum pressure of \u003cstrong\u003e3000 PSI\u003c\/strong\u003e, approximately \u003cstrong\u003e20.7 MPa\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh-pressure paint delivery helps atomise compatible coating material through the nozzle. The pressure should only be high enough to create an even spray pattern.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExcessive pressure may cause:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncreased overspray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore paint mist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFaster nozzle wear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreater material consumption\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduced control around corners and edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBegin with a controlled setup and test the spray pattern on cardboard or scrap material before painting the final surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e1.2 L\/min Flow Rate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT 8626 has a listed maximum material-flow rate of \u003cstrong\u003e1.2 litres per minute\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis flow rate supports compatible household and medium-sized painting jobs while maintaining a more compact machine format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual paint output can vary according to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaint viscosity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNozzle condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePressure setting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHose resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFilter cleanliness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaint-container level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePump condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMove the spray gun steadily to prevent paint runs, heavy patches and uneven coating buildup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStandard 517 Spray Nozzle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine is supplied with a standard \u003cstrong\u003e517 airless spray nozzle\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nozzle controls the spray pattern and the quantity of coating delivered. Its suitability depends on the paint manufacturer's recommended tip size and the surface being coated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 517 nozzle may be considered for many compatible wall-painting applications, but not every coating will work correctly with the same tip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNever clean a blocked nozzle using fingers, needles, wire or sharp objects while the system is pressurised.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e7.6-Metre High-Pressure Hose\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplied high-pressure hose has a listed length of \u003cstrong\u003e7.6 metres\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis working reach allows the machine to remain in a stable location while the user moves along walls, around rooms or between sections of a project.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the hose before every use. Do not operate with a hose that has:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCracks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBulges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeaking joints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged fittings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSevere kinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy abrasion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNever repair a damaged high-pressure hose using tape, clamps or temporary fittings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e83 MPa Hose-Pressure Rating\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe high-pressure hose has a listed maximum pressure rating of \u003cstrong\u003e83 MPa\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis figure relates to the hose's construction rating. It does not mean that the machine produces 83 MPa of operating pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly compatible high-pressure airless-paint hoses and fittings should be used. Ordinary garden hoses and pneumatic air hoses are not suitable replacements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAirless Spray Gun\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA trigger-operated airless spray gun is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe gun allows the painter to start and stop paint delivery while controlling the direction of the spray. The trigger lock should be engaged whenever the gun is not actively being used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore spraying:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm that the hose is connected securely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the nozzle guard is fitted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVerify the nozzle position\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePoint the gun away from people and animals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintain a stable working stance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest the spray pattern safely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNever place fingers or hands near the spray-tip opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuction Hose with Inlet Filter\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine includes a suction hose with an inlet filter or strainer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hose draws paint directly from the container, while the filter helps reduce the entry of larger particles, dried paint and contaminants into the pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore operation:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMix the paint thoroughly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrain it where recommended\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the filter below the paint level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the suction hose free from sharp bends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the filter is clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure all connections are airtight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA blocked or partially exposed filter may cause interrupted paint flow and an uneven spray pattern.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompact Portable Frame\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sprayer has a protective tubular frame with an integrated top handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis helps users carry and reposition the machine between rooms, walls and job locations. The frame also provides a stable base while the sprayer is operating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSwitch off the machine, disconnect the electricity and release system pressure before moving it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not carry the sprayer using the paint hose, suction hose or power cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Interior Wall Painting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT 8626 can be considered for compatible interior wall-painting applications such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBedrooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLiving rooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRental properties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterior renovation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepainting projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommercial maintenance work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProtect floors, doors, windows, furniture and electrical fittings before spraying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaintain a consistent gun distance and overlap each spray pass evenly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Exterior Walls and Fences\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine may also be used with compatible exterior coatings for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBoundary walls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExterior plastered surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFences\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable outdoor panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProperty-maintenance work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOutdoor spraying should only be carried out in suitable weather. Strong wind can increase overspray and carry paint onto nearby property, vehicles or plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Ceiling Painting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe long hose can support compatible ceiling-painting applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen spraying overhead:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse suitable eye and respiratory protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtect floors and furniture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the hose behind the operator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse stable access equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid excessive material flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintain a consistent spraying angle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not spray toward ceiling fans, exposed wires, lighting fixtures or electrical fittings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Furniture and Panels\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT 8626 may also be considered for compatible furniture, door, panel and woodworking coatings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinish quality will depend on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSurface preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoating viscosity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNozzle suitability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpray distance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMovement speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of coats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrying conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTest the machine settings before painting valuable furniture or finished panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePaint Preparation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrepare the coating according to the paint manufacturer‚Äôs instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore spraying:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMix the paint completely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove dried skin or lumps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrain the coating where recommended\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the correct thinning guidance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck compatibility with a 517 tip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest the pattern before production work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtect surrounding areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not automatically dilute every paint. Some airless-compatible coatings are intended to be sprayed without thinning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePriming the Paint Sprayer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pump and hose must be primed before normal spraying begins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA typical preparation process involves:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChecking the hose and gun connections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlacing the suction hose in the paint container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePositioning any return line correctly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelecting the priming function where provided\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllowing paint to enter the pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemoving trapped air\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTesting the spray gun safely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the machine‚Äôs operating instructions for the exact priming sequence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCleaning After Painting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean the machine immediately after each painting session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePaint allowed to dry inside the pump, hose, gun, filter or nozzle can cause blockage and equipment damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter use:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelease all system pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmpty remaining paint safely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlush with a compatible cleaning liquid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the suction filter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the nozzle and guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlush the gun and hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the machine body\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore all components dry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse water for suitable water-based coatings and an approved cleaning solution for solvent-based or other compatible products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAirless Sprayer Safety\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAirless paint sprayers operate at extremely high fluid pressure. Paint injected through the skin can cause a serious medical emergency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNever:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePoint the gun at a person or animal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut fingers near the nozzle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck a leaking hose using your hand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisconnect the hose while pressurised\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the nozzle before releasing pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a damaged high-pressure hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpray near flames or ignition sources\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave the system pressurised unattended\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse suitable respiratory protection, eye protection, gloves, protective clothing and closed footwear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e750W rated power\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 1.0 HP motor designation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e3000 PSI maximum pressure\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 20.7 MPa machine pressure\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1.2 L\/min listed material-flow rate\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard 517 spray nozzle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e7.6m high-pressure hose\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e83 MPa hose-pressure rating\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e220V corded electric operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAirless paint-spraying technology\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh-pressure spray gun\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuction hose with inlet filter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompact portable frame\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntegrated carrying handle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for wall painting\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for ceilings and fences\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for compatible furniture coatings\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo separate air compressor required\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"XLNT","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42042425540663,"sku":"8626","price":14199.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/AIRLESS-SPRAYER-1.jpg?v=1780030288"},{"product_id":"xlnt-airless-paint-sprayer-750w-rp8622","title":"XLNT 750W 3000 PSI Airless Paint Sprayer RP8622","description":"\u003ch2\u003eXLNT RP8622 750W Airless Paint Sprayer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eXLNT RP8622 750W airless paint sprayer\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional electric painting machine designed for interior walls, exterior surfaces, furniture coating, renovation projects, commercial repainting and large-area painting applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is powered by a listed \u003cstrong\u003e750W or 1.0 HP motor\u003c\/strong\u003e and delivers a maximum spray pressure of \u003cstrong\u003e3000 PSI\u003c\/strong\u003e, equivalent to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e20.7 MPa\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its listed material-delivery rate of \u003cstrong\u003e1.2 litres per minute\u003c\/strong\u003e supports faster coverage of compatible walls, ceilings, furniture and suitable industrial surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine uses airless spray technology, which pumps coating material through a high-pressure hose and spray nozzle without requiring a separate air compressor. The package includes a spray gun, 517 nozzle and 7.6-metre high-pressure hose, providing useful working reach for professionals, renovation teams and experienced users.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e750W or 1.0 HP Electric Motor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT RP8622 is equipped with a listed 750W motor, equivalent to approximately 1.0 HP.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electric motor powers the pump system to draw compatible coating material from an external container and deliver it through the high-pressure hose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine can be considered for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterior wall painting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExterior wall coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCeiling painting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFurniture refinishing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommercial repainting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResidential renovation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge-panel coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable industrial surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshop painting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy DIY projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual productivity depends on the coating viscosity, pressure setting, nozzle size, hose condition, surface preparation and operator technique.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e3000 PSI Maximum Spray Pressure\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine has a listed maximum spray pressure of \u003cstrong\u003e3000 PSI\u003c\/strong\u003e, or approximately \u003cstrong\u003e20.7 MPa\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis pressure supports airless atomisation of compatible coating material through the spray nozzle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe correct operating pressure depends on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoating viscosity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNozzle size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHose length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSurface type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFilter condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpraying distance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperator movement speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBegin at a lower pressure and gradually increase it until the spray pattern becomes even.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExcessive pressure can cause:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncreased overspray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFaster nozzle wear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigher paint consumption\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore paint mist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncreased hose stress\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduced transfer efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNever use more pressure than required to create a clean and consistent spray pattern.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e1.2 L\/min Material Flow Rate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RP8622 has a listed flow rate of \u003cstrong\u003e1.2 litres per minute\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFlow rate describes the maximum quantity of compatible coating material the pump may deliver under specified operating conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual flow may vary according to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaint viscosity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNozzle condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePressure setting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHose length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuction-filter condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGun-filter condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePump wear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectrical-supply stability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1.2 L\/min output is suitable for controlled professional wall painting and medium-to-large surface coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAirless Spray Technology\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RP8622 uses airless spray technology and does not require a separate air compressor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn an airless system, the machine pressurises the coating material and forces it through a small nozzle opening, creating a spray pattern.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePotential advantages include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFaster wall coverage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo separate compressor required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsistent material delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable reach for walls and ceilings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduced manual rolling time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfessional spray-pattern capability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConvenient large-area painting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControlled coating application\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinal finish quality depends on proper surface preparation, material filtration, pressure adjustment, nozzle selection and spraying technique.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStandard 517 Airless is supplied with a listed \u003cstrong\u003e517 spray nozzle\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 517 tip is commonly used for compatible wall paints and general architectural coating applications. However, exact compatibility depends on the coating manufacturer's instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore spraying, confirm:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended nozzle size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum coating viscosity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFilter-mesh requirement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThinning instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCleaning solvent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTip-guard compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum permitted pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not use the 517 tip automatically for every paint or coating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA worn nozzle may cause:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUneven spray pattern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcessive paint flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncreased overspray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePoor edge definition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigher material consumption\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduced finish quality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReplace the nozzle when the fan pattern becomes uneven or excessively wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e7.6m High-Pressure Hose\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package includes a \u003cstrong\u003e7.6-metre high-pressure hose\u003c\/strong\u003e, giving the operator useful access to walls, ceilings, furniture and renovation areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore each use, inspect the hose for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAbrasion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBulges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoose fittings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExposed reinforcement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrushed sections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaint leakage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChemical damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNever repair a damaged high-pressure paint hose with tape, clamps or temporary connectors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReplace the hose only with one that matches the machine's pressure rating and connection type.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e83 MPa Listed H\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003es listed with a maximum pressure of \u003cstrong\u003e83 MPa\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis figure should be checked directly from the hose marking to determine whether it represents:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum working pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProof pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBurst pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer safety rating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended catalogue wording until confirmed:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-Pressure Hose Rating: 83 MPa Listed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not state that the machine sprays at 83 MPa.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDirect Paint-Suction System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplied image shows a suction pipe designed to draw compatible paint directly from an external container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis can reduce the need to refill a small paint cup during larger painting jobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore priming:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMix the coating thoroughly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the manufacturer‚Äôs thinning instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFilter the material\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the suction tube in the paint container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm that the inlet filter is clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the return tube correctly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck every connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove air from the pump and hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not operate the pump dry for long periods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePressure-Adjustment Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine includes a pressure-control system for adjusting spray output.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pressure should be balanced with:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoating viscosity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpray-tip size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired fan pattern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHose length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSurface type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpraying distance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired coating thickness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse only enough pressure to create a complete spray fan without heavy edges or visible tails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Interior Wall Painting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT RP8622 is suitable for compatible interior painting applications such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLiving-room walls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBedroom walls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffice interiors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommercial rooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCeiling surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePartition walls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRental-property repainting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRenovation work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore interior spraying:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover floors and furniture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMask windows, switches and doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintain adequate ventilation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControl overspray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear respiratory protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest the spray pattern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep unprotected people away\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Exterior Wall Painting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine can be used for compatible exterior wall-painting projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor outdoor use:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid strong wind\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMonitor weather conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtect nearby vehicles and buildings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the machine dry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse safe access equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintain electrical protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControl overspray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep people and animals away\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not operate the electric machine in rain or standing water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Furniture Coating\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current\u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e furniture coating among the main applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sprayer may be used for compatible coating of:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCabinets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWooden frames\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFurniture panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetal furniture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshop fixtures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA smaller nozzle than 517 may be more suitable for certain fine-finishing applications. Confirm the coating manufacturer‚Äôs recommended tip size before spraying furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Industrial Surfaces.\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePotential applications may include compatible coating of:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshop walls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachinery covers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetal frames\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFabricated panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommercial structures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarehouse interiors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable equipment surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not spray highly abrasive, textured, flammable or chemically aggressive coatings unless the machine, hose, gun, seals and nozzle are approved for them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Large-Area Coverage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 1.2 L\/min listed flow rate and 7.6m hose support efficient movement across suitable medium-to-large painting areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePotential projects include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResidential repainting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommercial properties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffice renovation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarehouse walls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRental properties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge rooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExterior boundary walls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProductivity depends on masking, paint preparation, tip selection, pressure setting and operator skill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePaint Compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe exact compatible coating list is not published.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore spraying any material, confirm:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAirless-sprayer compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended tip size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum viscosity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThinning requirement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired filter size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCleaning procedure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSolvent compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlammability precautions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not automatically use the machine for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCement putty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTexture coatings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWaterproofing compounds\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHighly abrasive materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBitumen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSolvent-rich flammable coatings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo-component coatings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese materials require specific pump, nozzle, seal and safety compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePriming the RP8622\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the machine on a stable surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnect the high-pressure hose securely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnect the spray gun.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstall the tip guard without fitting the nozzle initially, where recommended.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the suction pipe into the prepared coating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition the return pipe in a suitable container.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the pressure control to minimum.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelect the priming or return mode.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwitch on the machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow material to circulate until air is removed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwitch to spray mode.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest the machine on scrap material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncrease pressure only as required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit and orient the 517 nozzle correctly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways follow the exact sequence in the user manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCorrect Spray Technique\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a more uniform finish:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHold the gun perpendicular to the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintain a consistent distance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBegin moving before pulling the trigger.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelease the trigger before stopping movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMove the gun at a steady speed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverlap each pass evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid swinging the gun in an arc.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintain consistent pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply controlled coats.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest settings before final application.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMoving too slowly can cause runs and excessive coating thickness. Moving too quickly can cause incomplete coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCleaning After Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean the machine immediately after every painting session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended general procedure:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngage the trigger lock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwitch off and unplug the machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelease system pressure safely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the spray tip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the nozzle separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the suction tube into a compatible cleaning liquid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlush the pump, hose and spray gun.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the inlet filter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the spray-gun filter where fitted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContinue flushing until the discharge is clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelease remaining pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the exterior.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore the hose without sharp bends.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDispose of waste responsibly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse only a cleaning liquid compatible with the coating and machine seals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePressure-Release Procedure\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore cleaning, removing the nozzle or disconnecting the hose:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwitch off the machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisconnect the electrical supply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngage the trigger lock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the pressure control to minimum.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet the system to the recommended pressure-release mode.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHold the gun against a suitable grounded container.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelease the remaining pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm that the system is depressurised.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNever loosen a hose fitting while the system is pressurised.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e","brand":"XLNT","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42042425573431,"sku":"RP8622","price":19999.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/AIRLESS-SPRAYER-6.jpg?v=1780030288"},{"product_id":"xlnt-airless-paint-sprayer-1000w-xtas-106-450","title":"XLNT Airless Paint Sprayer, 2.2 L\/min XTAS106(450)","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eXLNT XTAS106(450) Professional Airless Paint Sprayer\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eXLNT XTAS106(450) airless paint sprayer\u003c\/strong\u003e is a professional electric painting machine designed for wall painting, large-surface coating, commercial repainting, renovation work and suitable industrial painting applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine provides a listed flow rate of \u003cstrong\u003e2.2 litres per minute\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing faster material delivery across compatible large surfaces. It uses airless spray technology, which pumps coating material through a high-pressure hose and spray nozzle without requiring a separate air compressor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current product page lists a 517 spray nozzle, 7.6-metre high-pressure hose, 220V operation and maximum pressure of 3300 PSI. It positions the machine for professional painters, contractors and interior or exterior renovation teams. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplied specification image separately lists a 2000W motor, 3000 PSI maximum pressure, 220V at 50Hz, 50-metre maximum connection and an overall weight of 18kg. These conflicting power, pressure and weight values should be confirmed from the physical rating plate before publication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAirless Spray Technology\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XTAS106(450) uses airless spray technology instead of compressed-air atomisation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn an airless system, the coating material is pumped under pressure through a small nozzle opening. This creates a spray pattern suitable for covering compatible large surfaces efficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePotential benefits include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFaster surface coverage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduced dependence on an air compressor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsistent material delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable reach for walls and ceilings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControlled spray-pattern production\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePractical operation across larger work areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduced manual rolling and brushing time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable application for professional painting teams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinal finish quality depends on the selected nozzle, coating viscosity, pressure setting, surface preparation and operator technique.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e2.2 L\/min High-Flow Output\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine has a listed maximum flow rate of \u003cstrong\u003e2.2 litres per minute\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFlow rate refers to the quantity of compatible coating material the machine can deliver under specified operating conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual flow may vary according to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoating viscosity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNozzle size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePressure setting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHose length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFilter condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuction-pipe condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoating temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePump wear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectrical-supply stability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA high listed flow rate supports faster coverage, but the final application rate must be adjusted to prevent runs, sagging and excessive coating thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMaximum Pressure Requires Verification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplied image lists a maximum pressure of \u003cstrong\u003e3000 PSI\u003c\/strong\u003e, while the product page lists \u003cstrong\u003e3300 PSI\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended temporary specification:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Listed Pressure: 3000-3300 PSI\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFinal Maximum Pressure: Verify from Physical Rating Plate\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh-pressure airless spray can inject coating material through the skin. Never point the spray gun at a person, body part or animal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not operate the machine without:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrigger-lock inspection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrect spray-tip guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProperly rated hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure hose connections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved grounding arrangement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable personal protective equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMotor Power Requires Verification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe live product page currently lists \u003cstrong\u003e1000W or 1.6 HP\u003c\/strong\u003e, while the supplied specification image states \u003cstrong\u003e2000W\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended temporary specification:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMotor Power: Verify from Machine Rating Plate\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not calculate generator capacity, circuit-breaker rating or electrical load using either value until the correct motor power is verified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e220V, 50Hz Electrical Operation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplied image lists:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated Voltage: 220V\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequency: 50Hz\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore operation, ensure that the electrical installation includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrectly rated circuit breaker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable plug and socket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProper electrical earthing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdequate power-cable size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStable voltage supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure electrical connections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProperly rated extension cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResidual-current protection where required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rated input current is not stated. Do not recommend a specific plug, circuit breaker or generator until the rating plate is checked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e517 Airless Spray Nozzle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product page lists a \u003cstrong\u003e517 spray nozzle\u003c\/strong\u003e as part of the spray system and package contents. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn common airless-tip identification, the first digit is generally related to fan width and the final two digits are generally related to the opening size. However, actual spray width and coating compatibility depend on the tip manufacturer, spraying distance, pressure and material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended specification wording:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Spray Tip: 517\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore using the nozzle, confirm:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable coating types\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum operating pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTip orientation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTip-guard compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFilter-mesh requirement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReversible cleaning function\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacement-tip compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not use a worn nozzle because it can produce an uneven pattern, excessive material flow and poor atomisation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e7.6m High-Pressure Hose Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product page lists a \u003cstrong\u003e7.6-metre high-pressure hose\u003c\/strong\u003e in the package. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis length provides useful reach for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterior wall painting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExterior wall painting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCeiling work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoom-to-room painting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommercial repainting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRenovation work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge-panel coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshop applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore every use, inspect the hose for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBulges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAbrasion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExposed reinforcement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoose fittings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaint leakage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrushed sections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNever repair a high-pressure paint hose using tape, clamps or temporary fittings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMaximum 50m Connection Requires Confirmation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplied image states:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLongest Connection: 50m\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis may refer to the maximum supported high-pressure hose length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended wording:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum Listed Hose Connection: Up to 50 Metres\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Hose Length: 7.6 Metres\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLonger hoses may reduce pressure and material delivery. Only use approved high-pressure hose extensions that match the machine's connector type and pressure rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e83 MPa Hose-Pressure Listing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current page lists a maximum hose pressure of \u003cstrong\u003e83 MPa\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis appears to be the hose‚Äôs pressure rating rather than the machine‚Äôs normal spray pressure. Confirm the value from the hose marking before adding it to the main specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not confuse:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachine operating pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachine maximum pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHose working-pressure rating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHose burst-pressure rating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended temporary wording:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-Pressure Hose Rating: Verify from Hose Marking\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDirect Paint Suction System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplied image shows a suction pipe and return or priming pipe designed to draw compatible coating material from an external container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis setup can support longer painting sessions without repeatedly filling a small paint cup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore spraying:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMix the coating thoroughly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the coating manufacturer's thinning instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFilter the coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the suction tube securely in the material\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the return tube correctly during priming\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm that the inlet filter is clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove air from the system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck all connections for leakage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not operate the pump dry for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePressure-Adjustment Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine appears to include an adjustable pressure-control system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePressure should be set according to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNozzle size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoating viscosity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpray-pattern quality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHose length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSurface type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpraying distance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart at a lower pressure and increase gradually until the spray pattern becomes even.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExcessive pressure may cause:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncreased overspray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFaster nozzle wear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigher material consumption\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreater hose stress\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePoor transfer efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcessive paint mist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePressure Gauge Shown\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplied image appears to show a pressure gauge among the machine or accessory components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore publishing this as an included feature, confirm:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhether the gauge is installed on the unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGauge measurement range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePSI or MPa display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnection type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccuracy class\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhether it is supplied separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended temporary wording:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePressure Gauge: Verify Package Inclusion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Wall Painting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XTAS106(450) is positioned for wall painting and large-surface coating. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt may be suitable for compatible applications involving:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterior walls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExterior walls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCeilings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommercial buildings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResidential repainting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRenovation projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge partitions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable industrial surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSurface preparation remains essential. Remove loose paint, dust, grease and contaminants before applying a new coating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Interior and Exterior Renovation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe long hose and high listed material flow support painting across larger renovation areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor interior projects:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCover floors and furniture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMask doors, windows and switches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintain adequate ventilation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControl overspray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse suitable respiratory protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest the spray pattern before starting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor exterior projects:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid spraying in strong wind\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtect nearby vehicles and property\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMonitor weather conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep electrical equipment dry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse stable access equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid spraying near people or animals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Commercial Repainting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product page lists commercial repainting as an intended use. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePotential applications include compatible repainting of:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarehouses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommercial rooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding interiors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExterior walls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRental properties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRenovation projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual productivity depends on coating preparation, masking time, nozzle size, pressure setting and operator experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Professional Painters and Contractors\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine is positioned for professional painters, contractors and renovation teams. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe portable frame and hose-based spray system can support movement across suitable work areas. However, professional suitability does not mean unlimited continuous operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe page currently states that the machine is designed for continuous professional painting. This claim should be retained only when the pump duty cycle, cooling requirement and maximum continuous operating period are confirmed. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSafer wording:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for Regular Professional Painting with Appropriate Cleaning and Cooling Breaks\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePaint Compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe available specifications do not provide an exact list of compatible coating materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore spraying any coating, confirm:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial compatibility with airless application\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended tip size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired thinning ratio\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFilter requirement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCleaning solvent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum material viscosity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlammability precautions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not spray textured, highly abrasive or solvent-based materials unless the machine, hose, seals, nozzle and motor system are approved for them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePriming the Machine\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore spraying:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the machine on a stable surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnect the high-pressure hose securely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnect the spray gun and nozzle guard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the suction tube into the prepared coating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the return tube into a suitable container.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet the machine to prime or return mode.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStart at low pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow material to circulate until air is removed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwitch to spray mode.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest the pattern on scrap material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncrease pressure only as required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the machine manual for the exact priming sequence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCorrect Spraying Technique\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor a more uniform finish:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHold the spray gun perpendicular to the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintain a consistent spraying distance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBegin moving before pulling the trigger.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelease the trigger before stopping movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the gun moving at a steady speed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverlap each pass evenly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid swinging the gun in an arc.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse multiple controlled coats where required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest settings before coating the final surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUneven speed or changing spray distance can cause inconsistent coating thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCleaning After Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAirless paint sprayers should be cleaned immediately after use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended general cleaning process:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngage the trigger lock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwitch off and disconnect the machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelease system pressure safely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the spray nozzle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the nozzle separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the suction tube into a compatible cleaning liquid.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlush the pump, hose and gun.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the inlet filter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the spray-gun filter where fitted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContinue flushing until the discharge is clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelease remaining pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore the hose without sharp bends.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the coating manufacturer‚Äôs disposal instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse only a cleaning liquid compatible with the sprayed coating and machine seals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePressure-Release Safety\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore cleaning, servicing, removing the nozzle or disconnecting the hose:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwitch off the machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisconnect the power supply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngage the spray-gun trigger lock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurn the pressure control to minimum.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet the system to the recommended pressure-release mode.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHold the gun against an approved grounded container.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelease the remaining pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm that the system is fully depressurised.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNever loosen a high-pressure fitting while the system is pressurised.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSafety Instructions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNever point the spray gun at people or animals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNever place fingers near the spray tip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlways use the nozzle guard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngage the trigger lock when not spraying.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear approved eye protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear gloves and protective clothing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a respirator suitable for the coating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintain proper ventilation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the machine correctly grounded.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not spray near flames or sparks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the coating safety data sheet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the hose before every use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNever exceed the verified pressure rating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisconnect power before servicing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelease pressure before removing the nozzle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep children and untrained persons away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not operate in rain or standing water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse approved equipment for flammable coatings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInternal repairs should be handled by qualified technicians.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMaintenance Instructions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the pump after every use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the suction filter regularly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the gun and nozzle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the high-pressure hose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck all fittings for leakage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the motor ventilation openings clear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the power cable and plug.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLubricate components only as instructed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplace worn spray tips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not store coating material inside the machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtect the pump from corrosion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore the hose without sharp bends.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the unit in a clean and dry location.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArrange professional servicing if pressure becomes unstable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStop operation if unusual noise, heating or leakage occurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"XLNT","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42042425606199,"sku":"XTAS 106(450)","price":19999.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/AIRLESS-SPRAYERAIR-4-1.jpg?v=1780030290"},{"product_id":"xlnt-airless-paint-sprayer-1000w-ap8628","title":"XLNT 1000W Airless Paint Sprayer, 3000 PSI AP8628","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eXLNT AP8628 Airless Paint Sprayer for Faster Wall Painting\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eXLNT AP8628 1000W Airless Paint Sprayer\u003c\/strong\u003e is a portable electric painting machine designed for walls, ceilings, furniture, renovation work and other compatible coating applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike a conventional pneumatic spray gun, an airless sprayer uses a high-pressure pump to deliver paint through the hose and spray tip without requiring a separate air compressor. This makes the AP8628 a practical option for painters, contractors, interior workers and property owners handling medium-scale painting work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine operates on a rated \u003cstrong\u003e220V electrical supply\u003c\/strong\u003e and provides a listed maximum pressure of \u003cstrong\u003e3000 PSI\u003c\/strong\u003e, equivalent to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e20.7 MPa\u003c\/strong\u003e. It also delivers a listed flow rate of \u003cstrong\u003e2.2 litres per minute\u003c\/strong\u003e, supporting faster coverage than manual brushes and rollers when the paint is prepared correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e1000W Electric Motor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT AP8628 has a rated power of \u003cstrong\u003e1000W\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe motor powers the internal airless pump, which draws coating material through the suction hose and sends it to the spray gun through the high-pressure hose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual spraying performance will depend on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaint type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaint viscosity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNozzle condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFilter cleanliness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHose condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectrical-supply stability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpray pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperator technique\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine should be connected to a properly wired 220V outlet. Avoid using undersized extension cables because voltage drop may reduce performance and cause cable heating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e3000 PSI Maximum Pressure\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe airless paint sprayer has a listed maximum pressure of \u003cstrong\u003e3000 PSI\u003c\/strong\u003e, approximately \u003cstrong\u003e20.7 MPa\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh-pressure paint delivery helps atomise compatible coating material into a controlled spray pattern. This can support faster and more even application across larger surfaces when compared with manual painting methods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePressure should be kept only as high as necessary to achieve a clean spray pattern. Excessive pressure may cause:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncreased overspray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFaster nozzle wear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore paint mist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigher material consumption\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduced control around edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways test the spray pattern on cardboard or scrap material before painting the final surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e2.2 L\/min Flow Rate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT AP8628 has a listed maximum flow rate of \u003cstrong\u003e2.2 litres per minute\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFlow rate indicates the amount of coating material the pump can deliver under suitable operating conditions. Actual output can vary according to the paint, nozzle, pressure and hose setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA higher material flow can help painters cover walls and ceilings efficiently, but the operator must maintain a steady movement to avoid runs, sagging and excessive coating buildup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStandard 517 Spray Nozzle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine uses a standard \u003cstrong\u003e517 spray nozzle\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nozzle controls paint delivery and spray-pattern formation. It should be selected according to the coating manufacturer‚Äôs recommendations and the surface being painted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 517 nozzle may be suitable for many general wall-painting applications, but coating compatibility must be checked before use. Thick coatings may require preparation or a different approved tip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNever clean the spray-tip opening using fingers, nails, wire or sharp metal objects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e7.6-Metre High-Pressure Hose\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe included high-pressure hose has a listed length of \u003cstrong\u003e7.6 metres\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hose provides useful working reach when painting walls, ceilings, rooms and larger panels. It allows the sprayer unit to remain in a stable location while the operator moves around the working area with the spray gun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore spraying, inspect the hose for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCracks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBulges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeakage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged fittings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy abrasion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNever repair a damaged high-pressure paint hose using tape, clamps or temporary connectors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e83 MPa Hose Pressure Rating\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplied hose has a listed maximum pressure rating of \u003cstrong\u003e83 MPa\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the hose‚Äôs construction rating and should not be confused with the machine‚Äôs 3000 PSI maximum output pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse only compatible high-pressure airless-paint hoses and fittings. Ordinary water hoses or pneumatic air hoses are not suitable replacements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAirless Spray Gun\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA high-pressure spray gun is included with the XLNT AP8628.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe trigger-operated gun allows the painter to start and stop material flow while controlling the spray direction. The gun should remain locked whenever it is not actively being used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore pulling the trigger:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm that the hose is secure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit the nozzle guard correctly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the nozzle position\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePoint the gun away from people\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintain a stable stance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest the pattern on scrap material\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNever place a hand or finger in front of the nozzle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eExtension Wand for Better Reach\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn extension wand is supplied between the spray gun and nozzle assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe extension can help the operator reach higher wall sections, ceilings and recessed areas while maintaining a more comfortable working position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not overreach or operate from an unstable ladder. For tall surfaces, use proper access equipment and maintain control of the pressurised hose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuction Hose with Inlet Filter\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sprayer includes a suction hose with an inlet filter or strainer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe suction hose draws coating material directly from the paint container. The filter helps reduce the entry of larger particles and dried material into the pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore use:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMix the coating thoroughly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrain the paint where required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the suction filter fully inside the container\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep it below the paint level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the hose is not folded\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnsure the filter is clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA blocked inlet filter can reduce paint flow and cause irregular spraying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Wall Painting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT AP8628 is designed for compatible interior and exterior wall-painting work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can support applications such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterior wall painting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExterior wall coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApartment renovation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHouse repainting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommercial-interior work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBoundary-wall painting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCeiling coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRental-property maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways confirm that the coating is suitable for airless application and compatible with the installed nozzle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Ceiling Painting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe extension wand and long hose make the machine useful for compatible ceiling-painting work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen spraying overhead:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear eye and respiratory protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the hose behind the working position\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtect floors and furniture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintain a consistent gun distance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid excessive paint flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse stable access equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not spray directly toward electrical fixtures, fans or exposed wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Furniture and Panel Coating\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe AP8628 can also be considered for compatible furniture, panel and woodworking coatings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinal finish quality will depend on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSurface preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaint viscosity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNozzle choice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpray distance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePressure setting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of coats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrying conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTest the setup before applying paint to valuable furniture or finished panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePaint Preparation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCoating material should be prepared according to the paint manufacturer‚Äôs instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore spraying:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMix the paint thoroughly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove skin or dried material\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrain the coating where recommended\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the correct thinning ratio\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck nozzle compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest the spray pattern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtect surrounding surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not automatically thin every paint. Some airless-compatible coatings are designed to be sprayed without dilution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePriming the Sprayer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pump and hose must be properly primed before spraying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA normal preparation sequence includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChecking all hose connections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlacing the suction hose in the coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePositioning the return or priming line correctly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelecting the priming mode where applicable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllowing coating to fill the pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemoving trapped air\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTesting the gun safely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFollow the operating manual for the exact priming procedure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCleaning After Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine should be cleaned immediately after each painting session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDried coating inside the pump, hose, filter, gun or nozzle can cause blockage and damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter painting:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelease system pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmpty remaining coating safely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlush with a compatible cleaning liquid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the suction filter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the spray tip and guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlush the gun and hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWipe the machine exterior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore all parts dry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse water for compatible water-based coatings and the coating manufacturer‚Äôs approved cleaning solution for other materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSafe Operating Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAirless sprayers operate at extremely high fluid pressure. Paint injection through the skin can cause a serious medical emergency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNever:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePoint the spray gun at a person or animal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace fingers near the nozzle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck leaks using your hand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the hose while pressurised\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the nozzle before releasing pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse damaged hoses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpray near flames or ignition sources\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeave the machine pressurised unattended\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWear suitable respiratory protection, eye protection, gloves, protective clothing and closed footwear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1000W rated electric power\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1.6 HP supplier-listed motor designation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e3000 PSI maximum pressure\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 20.7 MPa machine pressure\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2.2 L\/min listed flow rate\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard 517 nozzle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e7.6m high-pressure hose\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e83 MPa hose pressure rating\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e220V corded electric operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAirless spray technology\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh-pressure spray gun\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExtension wand\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuction hose with inlet filter\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePortable frame design\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntegrated carrying handle\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e7kg listed weight\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for wall and ceiling painting\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for compatible furniture coating\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for interior and exterior painting\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo separate air compressor required\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"XLNT","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42042425638967,"sku":"AP8628","price":18999.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/AIRLESS-SPRAYERR.jpg?v=1780030292"},{"product_id":"xlnt-marble-cutter-1200w-4-inch-xtmc122","title":"XLNT 1200W 110mm 4-Inch Marble Cutter, 220V XTMC122","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eXLNT XTMC122 1200W 110mm Marble Cutter\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eXLNT XTMC122 1200W marble cutter\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact electric cutting machine designed for marble cutting, tile installation, granite trimming, construction finishing and interior renovation applications. It supports a 110mm or 4-inch cutting blade and operates on a rated 220V, 50Hz electrical supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts compact body, ergonomic upper grip and stable metal base are designed to provide better handling during straight cutting and finishing work. The current product listing positions the machine for tile workers, contractors, interior renovators and DIY users. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe package is listed with the marble cutter, a 4-inch cutting blade, a spanner tool and a user manual, providing the basic equipment required to begin compatible cutting work. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePowerful 1200W Motor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT XTMC122 is equipped with a rated 1200W motor for compatible marble, tile, stone and construction-finishing jobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePotential applications include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarble cutting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCeramic-tile cutting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVitrified-tile trimming\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGranite-edge trimming\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStone-slab preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterior renovation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFloor-tile installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall-tile installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction finishing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral masonry preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual cutting performance depends on the blade type, material hardness, cutting depth, power-supply stability and operator technique.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e110mm or 4-Inch Blade Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine supports a listed blade diameter of 110mm, commonly described as a 4-inch blade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse a blade specifically designed for the material being cut. Compatible blade categories may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarble-cutting diamond blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTile-cutting blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGranite-cutting blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContinuous-rim diamond blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurbo-rim blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStone-cutting blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible masonry blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNever install a blade larger than the machine‚Äôs approved 110mm capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe following blade information is currently missing and should be confirmed:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade bore diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum blade thickness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum safe blade speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded blade type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiamond-rim design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWet or dry application\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum cutting depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eNo-Load Speed Requires Verification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplied image states a no-load speed of \u003cstrong\u003e1,200 RPM\u003c\/strong\u003e, while the current product page states \u003cstrong\u003e12,000 RPM\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended temporary specification:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo-Load Speed: Verify from physical machine rating plate\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUntil verified, avoid adding either speed to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct title\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeta title\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct highlights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImage text\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStructured data\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaid advertisements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarketplace listings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blade maximum permitted speed must always be equal to or greater than the machine's verified no-load speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e220V, 50Hz Electrical Operation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine operates on a listed 220V electrical supply at 50Hz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore operation, ensure that the electrical setup includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable circuit breaker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProperly rated plug and socket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrect electrical earthing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdequate supply-cable size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStable voltage supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure electrical connections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrectly rated extension cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rated input current is not supplied. Do not recommend a specific MCB, plug or extension-cable rating until the physical rating plate is checked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompact Cutting-Machine Body\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product page describes the XTMC122 as having a compact cutter body and lightweight construction for easier control. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe compact design supports use in:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTile-installation areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBathrooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKitchens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterior-renovation sites\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction-finishing work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall workshops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestricted working spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobile installation jobs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompact construction does not confirm the machine's exact weight. Add the net weight only after physical measurement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eErgonomic Upper Grip\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe upper handle is designed to provide controlled handling during cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect the handle regularly for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCracks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoose fasteners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcessive movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged grip surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOil or grease contamination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaintain a firm grip and keep the machine's base flat against the material during cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLow-Vibration Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product listing describes the machine as having a low-vibration structure for more comfortable handling. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual vibration may depend on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade balance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpindle alignment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial hardness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBearing condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachine maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStop operation immediately if the machine produces unusual or excessive vibration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStable Metal Cutting Base\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine includes a metal base intended to guide the cutter steadily across the workpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor more accurate cutting:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the base flat against the material\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport the material properly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove loose dust from the cutting surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a straight guide where required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid lifting the base during cutting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not twist the machine inside the cut\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the base for bending or damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Marble Cutting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XTMC122 may be used for compatible marble-cutting and trimming work when fitted with a suitable diamond blade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cleaner marble cuts:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMark the cutting line clearly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport the slab evenly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBegin with a shallow guide cut\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow the blade to reach full speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintain steady forward movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid excessive pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the cutting base level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid twisting the blade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Tile Cutting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current product page lists tile cutting as one of the machine's main applications. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor tile cutting:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse an appropriate continuous-rim blade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport the tile evenly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMark the required cut accurately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBegin the cut slowly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduce pressure near the tile edge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid sudden blade entry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest the blade on spare material\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear suitable eye and respiratory protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTile chipping depends on the blade, tile hardness, feed speed and workpiece support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Granite Trimming\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGranite trimming is also listed as an intended application. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse a diamond blade specifically rated for granite. Granite is generally harder than many marble and ceramic materials, so avoid forcing the blade through the workpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePerformance depends on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiamond-blade quality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGranite thickness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade-rim design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeed speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade cooling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperator technique\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Construction Finishing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XTMC122 can support compatible construction-finishing work such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTile-edge trimming\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarble fitting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBathroom renovation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKitchen renovation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFloor installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall-tile preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStone-edge adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterior finishing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation corrections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck for concealed electrical cables and plumbing before cutting installed surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eConcrete and Heavy Masonry Cutting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe available information does not provide a verified concrete-cutting capacity, cutting depth or continuous-duty rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended wording:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for Limited Compatible Masonry Cutting with the Correct Blade\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not market the XTMC122 as a replacement for a dedicated concrete cutter or wall saw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCutting-Depth Adjustment Requires Verification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine‚Äôs base and blade arrangement may support depth adjustment, but this is not confirmed by the supplied specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirm:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhether depth adjustment is available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum cutting depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMinimum cutting depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth-locking mechanism\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting depth at 90 degrees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth scale availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not publish an estimated cutting depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBevel-Cutting Capability Requires Verification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplied information does not confirm whether the base supports angled cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore adding bevel-cutting claims, verify:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhether the base tilts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum bevel angle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBevel-locking mechanism\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAngle scale\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting depth at maximum bevel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not advertise 45-degree bevel cutting unless physically confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDry and Wet Cutting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplied image does not show a water-feed pipe, water inlet or wet-cutting attachment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended wording:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDry Cutting: Suitable with the correct blade and dust control\u003cbr\u003eWet Cutting: Not confirmed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNever pour water directly onto an electric cutter unless the machine is specifically designed and electrically protected for wet cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDust Management\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMarble, granite, tile and masonry cutting can generate fine dust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable respiratory protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved eye protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdequate ventilation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust extraction where available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControlled cutting methods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRegular cleaning of ventilation openings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore publication, confirm whether the machine has:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust-extraction port\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacuum adaptor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible hose size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater-feed attachment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRegular Professional Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product page describes the machine as suitable for continuous finishing work. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis should be replaced with safer wording until the motor duty rating is confirmed:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for Regular Cutting and Finishing Work with Appropriate Cooling Breaks\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not claim unlimited continuous operation without:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor duty classification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum recommended operating time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired cooling intervals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThermal-protection details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer documentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the machine, blade guard, power cable and cutting base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm that the fitted blade suits the material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the blade‚Äôs maximum permitted RPM.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisconnect the machine before changing the blade.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTighten the blade correctly with the supplied spanner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMark the cutting line clearly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport and secure the workpiece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnect the cutter to a correctly rated 220V supply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHold the machine firmly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStart it away from the workpiece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow the blade to reach full speed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuide the cutter steadily along the marked line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid forcing or twisting the blade.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelease the switch after completing the cut.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow the blade to stop before placing the machine down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisconnect the power before cleaning or adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eSafety Instructions\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear approved eye protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a face shield when required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear hearing protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a respirator suitable for stone and silica dust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear suitable protective gloves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse safety footwear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep hands away from the rotating blade.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNever remove or modify the blade guard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse only compatible 110mm blades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm the blade‚Äôs maximum RPM rating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the blade for cracks or damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisconnect power before changing the blade.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the workpiece before cutting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the power cable away from the blade.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not operate the machine in rain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use water unless wet-cutting compatibility is confirmed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStop immediately if abnormal vibration occurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow the motor to cool if overheating is noticed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInternal repairs should be completed by qualified technicians.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eMaintenance Instructions\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisconnect the machine before maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove marble and tile dust after every use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the ventilation openings regularly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the blade guard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the metal base for alignment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the power cable and plug.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the switch operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTighten loose screws and fasteners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplace worn or damaged blades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the spindle and blade flange.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck carbon brushes when applicable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore the machine in a clean and dry location.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArrange professional servicing if abnormal noise, vibration or heating occurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"XLNT","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42042425671735,"sku":"XTMC 122","price":1799.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/XTMC-122-MARBLE-CUTTER-XLNT.jpg?v=1780030294"},{"product_id":"xlnt-marble-cutter-1650w-5-inch-xtmc6125","title":"XLNT 1650W 125mm 5-Inch Marble Cutter XTMC6125","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eXLNT XTMC6125 1650W 125mm Marble Cutter\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT XTMC6125 is a compact and powerful electric marble cutter designed for marble cutting, granite trimming, tile installation, stone fabrication, masonry work, renovation projects and general construction applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with a rated 1650W motor and delivers a listed no-load speed of 11,000 RPM. The machine supports a 125mm or 5-inch cutting blade, making it suitable for controlled straight cutting through compatible marble, granite, tile, stone and masonry materials when the correct blade is installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe handheld design includes a large upper grip and a stable metal base intended to support controlled movement across the workpiece. The current product page positions the XTMC6125 for contractors, tile installers, construction workers and renovation professionals. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePowerful 1650W Motor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT XTMC6125 features a rated 1650W motor designed for demanding cutting applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can be considered compatible with:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarble cutting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGranite trimming\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCeramic-tile cutting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVitrified-tile cutting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStone-slab preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMasonry cutting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRenovation work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshop stone fabrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFloor and wall-tile preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual cutting performance depends on the blade type, material hardness, cutting depth, blade condition, electrical-supply stability and operator technique.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e125mm or 5-Inch Blade Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine supports a listed blade diameter of 125mm, equivalent to approximately 5 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe correct blade should be selected according to the material being cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompatible blade categories may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarble-cutting diamond blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGranite-cutting diamond blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTile-cutting blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStone-cutting blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMasonry-cutting blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContinuous-rim diamond blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSegmented diamond blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurbo-rim blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNever install a blade larger than the approved 125mm capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore publishing the complete blade specification, confirm:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade bore diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum blade thickness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum safe blade RPM\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded blade type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded blade segment design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry-cutting compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWet-cutting compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e11,000 RPM No-Load Speed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT XTMC6125 has a listed no-load speed of 11,000 RPM.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo-load speed refers to the blade speed when the machine is operating without cutting material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual speed during cutting may vary according to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial hardness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade sharpness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeed pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage stability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust accumulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways confirm that the fitted blade has a maximum RPM rating equal to or higher than 11,000 RPM.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow the blade to reach full speed before bringing it into contact with the workpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e220V, 50Hz Electrical Operation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine operates on a listed 220V electrical supply at 50Hz.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore operation, confirm that the electrical installation includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrectly rated circuit breaker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable plug and socket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProper electrical earthing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdequate supply-cable size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStable input voltage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure electrical connections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrectly rated extension cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid using thin or excessively long extension cables because voltage drop may reduce motor performance and increase heating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rated input current is not stated. Do not recommend a specific MCB, plug or cable size until the physical rating label is checked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHigh-Speed Marble Cutting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 11,000 RPM cutting system is designed for fast and controlled cutting through compatible marble materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cleaner marble cuts:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMark the cutting line clearly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport the slab evenly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a suitable diamond blade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBegin with a shallow guide cut\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the base flat against the workpiece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintain a steady movement speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid excessive downward pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow the blade to perform the cutting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid twisting the machine during operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExcessive pressure may overheat the blade, reduce cutting quality and overload the motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Granite Cutting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current page lists granite cutting among the intended applications. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGranite is harder than many marble and tile materials. Use only a blade specifically rated for granite.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutting performance depends on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiamond-blade quality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade segment type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGranite thickness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeed speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade cooling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperator technique\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not force the blade through hard stone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Tile Cutting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XTMC6125 may be used for compatible ceramic, vitrified and stone tiles when fitted with the correct tile-cutting blade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cleaner tile cuts:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a continuous-rim blade where appropriate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport the tile evenly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMark the cutting line accurately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBegin the cut slowly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid sudden blade entry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduce pressure near the tile edge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest the blade on a spare piece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear eye and respiratory protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTile chipping depends on blade quality, feed speed, tile hardness and workpiece support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Masonry Cutting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine may be used for compatible masonry materials when fitted with a blade approved for the material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore cutting masonry:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck for concealed electrical cables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck for concealed water pipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdentify reinforcement or metal sections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm the required cutting depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse suitable dust control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear an approved respirator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure loose material\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XTMC6125 should not be presented as a replacement for a large concrete cutter or wall saw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eConcrete Cutting Requires Verification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe available page focuses mainly on marble, granite, tile and construction work. It does not provide a verified concrete-cutting depth or continuous-duty rating. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended wording:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for Limited Compatible Masonry and Concrete Cutting with the Correct Diamond Blade\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not advertise heavy reinforced-concrete cutting unless the manufacturer confirms the application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCutting-Depth Adjustment Requires Confirmation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe metal base and blade arrangement suggest that cutting-depth adjustment may be available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore advertising this feature, confirm:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum cutting depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMinimum cutting depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustment method\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth-locking mechanism\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth scale\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting depth at 90 degrees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended temporary wording:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutting-Depth Adjustment: Verify before publication\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBevel-Cutting Capability Requires Confirmation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplied information does not state whether the base supports angled cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore adding bevel-cutting claims, confirm:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhether the base tilts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum bevel angle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBevel-locking mechanism\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAngle markings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting depth at maximum bevel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not advertise 45-degree bevel cutting unless physically verified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStable Metal Cutting Base\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine includes a metal base intended to support steady movement along the cutting surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor improved cutting accuracy:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the base flat against the workpiece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove dust from the contact surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTighten all adjustment locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid lifting the base during cutting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a straight guide where appropriate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport the material securely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the base for bending or damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA damaged base may affect cutting accuracy and blade alignment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eErgonomic Upper Handle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XTMC6125 includes a large upper handle designed to support controlled handling during cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current product page also lists an ergonomic grip and balanced design for reduced vibration. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe handle should be checked regularly for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCracks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoose fasteners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcessive movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorn grip surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOil contamination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaintain a firm two-handed grip whenever the machine design allows it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHeavy-Duty Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current page describes the XTMC6125 as having heavy-duty construction and a rugged professional build. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended catalogue wording:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy-Duty Construction for Professional Cutting Applications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not claim unlimited industrial operation unless a verified motor-duty classification is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLong-Duration Cutting Claim Requires Verification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe live page states that the machine has a high-stability motor for continuous cutting and is suitable for long-duration site work. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore retaining these claims, confirm:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor duty classification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended operating time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired cooling intervals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThermal-protection system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum motor temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRated input current\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer operating instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSafer wording:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for Regular Professional Cutting with Appropriate Cooling Breaks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDry Cutting and Wet Cutting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplied image does not clearly show:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater-feed pipe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater inlet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWet-cutting attachment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater-control valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectrical wet-cutting protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended wording:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDry Cutting: Suitable with the correct blade and dust control\u003cbr\u003eWet Cutting: Do not advertise unless a manufacturer-approved water system is confirmed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNever pour water directly onto an electric cutter that is not specifically designed for wet operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDust Management\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutting marble, granite, tile and masonry can generate substantial fine dust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore publication, verify:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust-extraction port availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust-cover design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacuum-hose compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust adaptor inclusion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater-feed compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSilica-containing dust can be hazardous. Use:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable dust extraction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproved respirator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEye protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdequate ventilation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControlled cutting methods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Contractors\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current page positions the XTMC6125 for contractors, construction workers, tile installers and renovation professionals. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt may be useful for compatible:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTile installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarble fitting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGranite trimming\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBathroom renovation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKitchen installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlooring work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall-cladding preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStone-edge trimming\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction repair work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Tile Installers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe compact handheld design is useful for suitable tile-cutting and installation work involving:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFloor tiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall tiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBathroom tiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKitchen tiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVitrified tiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStone tiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTile-edge trimming\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation corrections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe correct blade must be selected according to the tile material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Renovation Projects\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine can support compatible renovation work such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTile replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStone trimming\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBathroom modification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKitchen renovation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFloor installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall-cladding adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarble fitting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMasonry preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways check for concealed electrical cables and plumbing before cutting installed surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the machine, blade guard, power cable and base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm that the fitted blade is suitable for the material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the blade RPM rating is at least 11,000 RPM.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisconnect the machine before changing the blade.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTighten the blade using the supplied spanner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet the cutting depth when supported.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMark the cutting line clearly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport and secure the workpiece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnect the machine to a correctly rated 220V supply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHold the cutter firmly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStart the machine away from the workpiece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow the blade to reach full speed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuide the machine steadily along the cutting line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid twisting or forcing the blade.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelease the switch after completing the cut.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow the blade to stop before placing the machine down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisconnect the power before cleaning or adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eSafety Instructions\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear approved eye protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a face shield when required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear hearing protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a respirator suitable for stone and silica dust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear protective gloves for material handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse suitable safety footwear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep hands away from the rotating blade.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNever remove or modify the blade guard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse only compatible 125mm blades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm the blade‚Äôs maximum RPM rating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the blade for cracks or damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisconnect power before replacing the blade.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the workpiece before cutting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid cutting unsupported materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the power cable away from the blade.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not operate the machine in rain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use water unless wet-cutting compatibility is confirmed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStop immediately if abnormal vibration occurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow the motor to cool if overheating is noticed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInternal repairs should be completed by qualified technicians.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003ch1\u003eMaintenance Instructions\u003c\/h1\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisconnect the machine before maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove marble, granite and tile dust after every use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the ventilation openings regularly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the blade guard for correct movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the metal base for alignment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the power cable and plug.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck the switch operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTighten loose screws and fasteners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplace damaged or worn blades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the spindle and blade flange.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck carbon brushes when applicable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid forcing dust deeper into the motor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore the cutter in a clean and dry location.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArrange professional servicing if abnormal noise, vibration or heating occurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e","brand":"XLNT","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42042425704503,"sku":"XTMC6125","price":2599.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/XLNT-XTMC6125-MARBLE-CUTTER.jpg?v=1780030294"},{"product_id":"xlnt-marble-cutter-3200w-5-inch-xtmc125","title":"XLNT 3200W 125mm 5-Inch Marble Cutter XTMC125","description":"\u003ch2 class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eXLNT XTMC125 3200W 125mm Marble Cutter\u003cspan class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT XTMC125 is a powerful 125mm marble cutter designed for marble cutting, tile cutting, granite work, masonry applications, stone fabrication and demanding construction jobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with a listed 3200W motor and delivers a no-load speed of 11,000 RPM. The 125mm or 5-inch blade capacity makes the machine suitable for controlled straight cutting through compatible stone, tile, marble, granite and construction materials when the correct blade is fitted. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe compact handheld design, upper grip and stable metal base support controlled movement across the workpiece. Its high-speed cutting system is intended for contractors, stone fabricators, construction professionals, installers and workshop users requiring a portable stone-cutting machine. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePowerful 3200W Rated Motor\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XLNT XTMC125 is listed with a 3200W motor designed for demanding cutting applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt can be considered compatible with:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarble cutting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGranite cutting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCeramic-tile cutting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStone-slab trimming\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMasonry cutting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConcrete-surface cutting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkshop stone fabrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterior-fitting work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFloor and wall-tile preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual cutting performance depends on the material, blade type, blade condition, cutting depth, electrical supply and operator technique.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 3200W specification should be confirmed from the physical machine label before using it for electrical-load or generator calculations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e125mm or 5-Inch Blade Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe marble cutter supports a listed blade diameter of 125mm, equivalent to approximately 5 inches. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe correct blade must be selected for the material being cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompatible blade categories may include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarble-cutting diamond blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTile-cutting blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGranite-cutting blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStone-cutting blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMasonry-cutting blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConcrete-cutting blades, when approved\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContinuous-rim blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSegmented diamond blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNever install a blade larger than the machine‚Äôs approved 125mm capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore publishing the final specifications, confirm:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade bore diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum blade thickness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum cutting depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade included in the package\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDry-cutting compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWet-cutting compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum safe blade RPM\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e11,000 RPM No-Load Speed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XTMC125 has a listed no-load speed of 11,000 RPM. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo-load speed refers to the blade speed when the machine is operating without cutting material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eActual operating speed may vary according to:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial hardness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade sharpness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeed pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoltage stability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust accumulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways verify that the fitted blade has an RPM rating equal to or greater than the machine‚Äôs maximum speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAllow the blade to reach full speed before beginning the cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e220V, 50Hz Electrical Operation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine operates on a listed 220V electrical supply at 50Hz. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore operation, confirm that the electrical installation includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrectly rated circuit breaker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable plug and socket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProper electrical earthing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdequate supply-cable size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure electrical connections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStable voltage supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrectly rated extension cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid thin or excessively long extension cables because voltage drop can reduce motor performance and increase heating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rated input current is not stated. Do not recommend a specific plug, MCB or extension-cable size until the physical rating label has been checked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHigh-Speed Marble Cutting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 11,000 RPM cutting system is designed for fast cutting through compatible marble and stone materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cleaner marble cuts:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMark the cutting line clearly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport the slab evenly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the correct diamond blade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBegin with a shallow guide cut\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintain a steady movement speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid excessive downward pressure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the base flat against the material\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow the blade to do the cutting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid twisting the machine during the cut\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExcessive pressure can reduce cutting quality, overheat the blade and overload the motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Tile Cutting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XTMC125 may be used for compatible ceramic, vitrified and stone-tile cutting when fitted with the correct tile blade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor tile cutting:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a suitable continuous-rim blade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport the tile properly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMark the cut accurately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBegin the cut slowly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid sudden blade entry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduce pressure near the edge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse eye and respiratory protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest the blade on scrap material first\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTile chipping depends on blade quality, feed speed, tile hardness and support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Granite Cutting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product page lists granite cutting among the intended uses. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGranite is harder than many marble and tile materials. Use only a diamond blade specifically approved for granite.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutting performance depends on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade segment type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiamond concentration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGranite thickness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlade cooling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeed speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not force the blade through hard stone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Concrete and Masonry Cutting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current listing positions the machine for concrete cutting, high-load construction work and industrial stone processing. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConcrete or masonry cutting should only be carried out with a compatible blade designed for the material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore cutting concrete:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck for hidden electrical cables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck for plumbing lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck for reinforcement steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse appropriate dust extraction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear an approved respirator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm the required cutting depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid cutting structural components without approval\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA small handheld marble cutter should not be described as a replacement for a large concrete saw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAdjustable Cutting Depth Requires Verification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe metal base and blade position suggest that the machine may allow cutting-depth adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore advertising this feature, confirm:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum cutting depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMinimum cutting depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth-lock mechanism\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth scale availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting depth at 90 degrees\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting depth with different blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended temporary wording:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCutting Depth Adjustment: Verify before publication\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBevel-Cutting Capability Requires Verification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe base design may allow angled or bevel cutting, but the supplied information does not provide a bevel range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore publishing bevel-cutting claims, confirm:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhether the base tilts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum bevel angle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBevel-lock mechanism\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBevel scale markings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting depth at maximum bevel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not advertise 45-degree bevel cutting unless physically verified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStable Metal Base\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine includes a metal base intended to support controlled movement across the workpiece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor better accuracy:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the base flat against the material\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove dust from the contact surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTighten adjustment locks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid lifting the base during cutting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a straight guide where appropriate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport the material securely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA damaged or bent base can affect cutting accuracy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eErgonomic Upper Handle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine includes a large upper handle designed to support firm two-handed control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaintain a stable grip and body position throughout the cut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe handle should be inspected regularly for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCracks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoose fasteners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExcessive movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOil contamination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorn grip surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHigh-Torque Motor Positioning\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe live listing describes the machine as having a high-torque motor and heavy-duty industrial-grade construction. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the safer catalogue wording:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh-Power Motor for Demanding Cutting Applications\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not claim a specific torque figure unless the manufacturer provides it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eContinuous-Duty Claim Requires Verification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe current page states that the machine is continuous-duty rated and suitable for extended industrial operation. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis claim should only remain on the page when supported by:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor duty-class information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum operating duration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCooling-cycle requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThermal-protection information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRated input current\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer documentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended temporary wording:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for Regular Professional Cutting with Appropriate Cooling Breaks\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvoid promising unlimited continuous use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDry Cutting and Wet Cutting\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplied image does not show a water-feed pipe, water inlet or wet-cutting attachment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRecommended wording:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDry Cutting: Compatible with the correct blade and dust control\u003cbr\u003eWet Cutting: Do not advertise unless a water-feed system is confirmed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNever pour water directly onto an electric cutting machine unless the model is specifically designed and electrically protected for wet cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDust Management\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMarble, granite, tile and concrete cutting can create substantial fine dust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe available information does not confirm a dust-extraction port.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore publishing, verify:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust-port availability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust-cover design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVacuum-hose compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater-feed compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust-extraction adaptor inclusion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse suitable dust extraction whenever possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSilica-containing dust from stone and concrete can be hazardous. Operators should use an approved respirator and follow workplace dust-control procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Contractors\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product page positions the machine for heavy contractors and construction professionals. \u003cspan class=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt may be useful for compatible:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTile installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarble fitting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGranite trimming\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBathroom renovation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKitchen-counter installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlooring work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall-cladding preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStone-edge trimming\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction repair work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSuitable for Stone Fabricators\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStone fabricators may use the machine for suitable trimming and straight-cutting jobs involving compatible slabs, tiles and stone components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe machine should not be used beyond its verified cutting depth or blade capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect the machine, blade guard, power cable and base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm that the fitted blade is suitable for the material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the blade RPM rating exceeds 11,000 RPM.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisconnect the machine before fitting or changing the blade.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTighten the blade correctly with the supplied spanner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet the required cutting depth when supported.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMark the cutting line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupport and secure the workpiece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnect the machine to a correctly rated 220V supply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHold the machine firmly with both hands.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStart the machine away from the workpiece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow the blade to reach full speed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGuide the cutter steadily along the marked line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid twisting or forcing the blade.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRelease the switch after completing the cut.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow the blade to stop completely before placing the machine down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisconnect the power before cleaning or adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSafety Instructions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear approved eye protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a face shield when required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear hearing protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse a respirator suitable for stone and silica dust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear gloves suitable for material handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse safety footwear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep hands away from the rotating blade.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNever remove the blade guard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse only compatible 125mm blades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm the blade‚Äôs RPM rating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect blades for cracks or damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisconnect power before changing the blade.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure the workpiece before cutting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid cutting unsupported material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use the machine in rain or wet conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use water unless the machine is approved for wet cutting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep the power cable away from the blade.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStop operation if abnormal vibration occurs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllow the motor to cool if overheating is noticed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInternal repairs should be handled by qualified technicians.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"XLNT","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42042425737271,"sku":"XTMC 125","price":2099.0,"currency_code":"INR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0620\/4683\/0647\/files\/XTMC-125-MARBLE-CUTTER-5.jpg?v=1780030806"}],"url":"https:\/\/buyboxtools.com\/collections\/all-products.oembed","provider":"Buybox Tools","version":"1.0","type":"link"}